| 1 | /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF |
| 2 | Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, |
| 3 | 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 10 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 11 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 19 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 20 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 21 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 24 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 25 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 26 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 27 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 28 | #include "elf-vxworks.h" |
| 29 | #include "elf/sh.h" |
| 30 | #include "libiberty.h" |
| 31 | #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h" |
| 32 | |
| 33 | static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc |
| 34 | (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| 35 | static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc |
| 36 | (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| 37 | static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes |
| 38 | (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int); |
| 39 | static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads |
| 40 | (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *); |
| 41 | #ifndef SH64_ELF |
| 42 | static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns |
| 43 | (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma); |
| 44 | #endif |
| 45 | static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc |
| 46 | (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int); |
| 47 | static bfd_vma dtpoff_base |
| 48 | (struct bfd_link_info *); |
| 49 | static bfd_vma tpoff |
| 50 | (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma); |
| 51 | |
| 52 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| 53 | section. */ |
| 54 | |
| 55 | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1" |
| 56 | |
| 57 | #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1) |
| 58 | \f |
| 59 | #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE |
| 60 | #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff |
| 61 | #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc |
| 62 | static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] = |
| 63 | { |
| 64 | #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" |
| 65 | }; |
| 66 | |
| 67 | #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE |
| 68 | #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0 |
| 69 | #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc |
| 70 | static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] = |
| 71 | { |
| 72 | #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" |
| 73 | }; |
| 74 | \f |
| 75 | /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */ |
| 76 | |
| 77 | static bfd_boolean |
| 78 | vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 79 | { |
| 80 | #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
| 81 | extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec; |
| 82 | extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec; |
| 83 | |
| 84 | return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec |
| 85 | || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec); |
| 86 | #else |
| 87 | return FALSE; |
| 88 | #endif |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */ |
| 92 | |
| 93 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 94 | get_howto_table (bfd *abfd) |
| 95 | { |
| 96 | if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) |
| 97 | return sh_vxworks_howto_table; |
| 98 | return sh_elf_howto_table; |
| 99 | } |
| 100 | |
| 101 | static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 102 | sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd, |
| 103 | asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, |
| 104 | bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section, |
| 105 | bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end) |
| 106 | { |
| 107 | static bfd_vma last_addr; |
| 108 | static asection *last_symbol_section; |
| 109 | bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr; |
| 110 | int diff, cum_diff; |
| 111 | bfd_signed_vma x; |
| 112 | int insn; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | /* Sanity check the address. */ |
| 115 | if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section)) |
| 116 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively - |
| 119 | although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */ |
| 120 | if (! last_addr) |
| 121 | { |
| 122 | last_addr = addr; |
| 123 | last_symbol_section = symbol_section; |
| 124 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 125 | } |
| 126 | if (last_addr != addr) |
| 127 | abort (); |
| 128 | last_addr = 0; |
| 129 | |
| 130 | if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start) |
| 131 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 132 | |
| 133 | /* Get the symbol_section contents. */ |
| 134 | if (symbol_section != input_section) |
| 135 | { |
| 136 | if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 137 | contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 138 | else |
| 139 | { |
| 140 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section, |
| 141 | &contents)) |
| 142 | { |
| 143 | if (contents != NULL) |
| 144 | free (contents); |
| 145 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 146 | } |
| 147 | } |
| 148 | } |
| 149 | #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800) |
| 150 | start_ptr = contents + start; |
| 151 | for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;) |
| 152 | { |
| 153 | for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);) |
| 154 | ptr -= 2; |
| 155 | ptr += 2; |
| 156 | diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1; |
| 157 | cum_diff += diff & 1; |
| 158 | cum_diff += diff; |
| 159 | } |
| 160 | /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four - |
| 161 | so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to |
| 162 | addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */ |
| 163 | if (cum_diff >= 0) |
| 164 | { |
| 165 | start -= 4; |
| 166 | end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents; |
| 167 | } |
| 168 | else |
| 169 | { |
| 170 | bfd_vma start0 = start - 4; |
| 171 | |
| 172 | while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0)) |
| 173 | start0 -= 2; |
| 174 | start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2); |
| 175 | start = start0 - cum_diff - 2; |
| 176 | end = start0; |
| 177 | } |
| 178 | |
| 179 | if (contents != NULL |
| 180 | && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 181 | free (contents); |
| 182 | |
| 183 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr); |
| 184 | |
| 185 | x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr; |
| 186 | if (input_section != symbol_section) |
| 187 | x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset) |
| 188 | - (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 189 | + input_section->output_offset)); |
| 190 | x >>= 1; |
| 191 | if (x < -128 || x > 127) |
| 192 | return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| 193 | |
| 194 | x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff); |
| 195 | bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 198 | } |
| 199 | |
| 200 | /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF |
| 201 | function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */ |
| 202 | |
| 203 | static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 204 | sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in, |
| 205 | void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, |
| 206 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 207 | { |
| 208 | unsigned long insn; |
| 209 | bfd_vma sym_value; |
| 210 | enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type; |
| 211 | bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address; |
| 212 | bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data; |
| 213 | |
| 214 | r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type; |
| 215 | |
| 216 | if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| 217 | { |
| 218 | /* Partial linking--do nothing. */ |
| 219 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 220 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 221 | } |
| 222 | |
| 223 | /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be |
| 224 | done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */ |
| 225 | if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 226 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | if (symbol_in != NULL |
| 229 | && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section)) |
| 230 | return bfd_reloc_undefined; |
| 231 | |
| 232 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section)) |
| 233 | sym_value = 0; |
| 234 | else |
| 235 | sym_value = (symbol_in->value + |
| 236 | symbol_in->section->output_section->vma + |
| 237 | symbol_in->section->output_offset); |
| 238 | |
| 239 | switch (r_type) |
| 240 | { |
| 241 | case R_SH_DIR32: |
| 242 | insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data); |
| 243 | insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend; |
| 244 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data); |
| 245 | break; |
| 246 | case R_SH_IND12W: |
| 247 | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data); |
| 248 | sym_value += reloc_entry->addend; |
| 249 | sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 250 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 251 | + addr |
| 252 | + 4); |
| 253 | sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1; |
| 254 | if (insn & 0x800) |
| 255 | sym_value -= 0x1000; |
| 256 | insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff); |
| 257 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data); |
| 258 | if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000) |
| 259 | return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| 260 | break; |
| 261 | default: |
| 262 | abort (); |
| 263 | break; |
| 264 | } |
| 265 | |
| 266 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | |
| 269 | /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing, |
| 270 | which the linker should otherwise ignore. */ |
| 271 | |
| 272 | static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 273 | sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, |
| 274 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 275 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section, |
| 276 | bfd *output_bfd, |
| 277 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 278 | { |
| 279 | if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| 280 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 281 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 282 | } |
| 283 | |
| 284 | /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */ |
| 285 | |
| 286 | struct elf_reloc_map |
| 287 | { |
| 288 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val; |
| 289 | unsigned char elf_reloc_val; |
| 290 | }; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */ |
| 293 | |
| 294 | static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] = |
| 295 | { |
| 296 | { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE }, |
| 297 | { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 }, |
| 298 | { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 }, |
| 299 | { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 }, |
| 300 | { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 }, |
| 301 | { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 }, |
| 302 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN }, |
| 303 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W }, |
| 304 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ }, |
| 305 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL }, |
| 306 | { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 }, |
| 307 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 }, |
| 308 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 }, |
| 309 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES }, |
| 310 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT }, |
| 311 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN }, |
| 312 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE }, |
| 313 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA }, |
| 314 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL }, |
| 315 | { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT }, |
| 316 | { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY }, |
| 317 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START }, |
| 318 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END }, |
| 319 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 }, |
| 320 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 }, |
| 321 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 }, |
| 322 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 }, |
| 323 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 }, |
| 324 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 }, |
| 325 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 }, |
| 326 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 }, |
| 327 | { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 }, |
| 328 | { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 }, |
| 329 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY }, |
| 330 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT }, |
| 331 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT }, |
| 332 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE }, |
| 333 | { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF }, |
| 334 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC }, |
| 335 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 }, |
| 336 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 337 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 }, |
| 338 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 }, |
| 339 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 }, |
| 340 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 }, |
| 341 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 }, |
| 342 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 }, |
| 343 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 }, |
| 344 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 }, |
| 345 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 }, |
| 346 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 }, |
| 347 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 }, |
| 348 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 }, |
| 349 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 }, |
| 350 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 }, |
| 351 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 }, |
| 352 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 }, |
| 353 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 }, |
| 354 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 }, |
| 355 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 }, |
| 356 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 }, |
| 357 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 }, |
| 358 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 }, |
| 359 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 }, |
| 360 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 }, |
| 361 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 }, |
| 362 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 }, |
| 363 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 }, |
| 364 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 }, |
| 365 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 }, |
| 366 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE }, |
| 367 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U }, |
| 368 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S }, |
| 369 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U }, |
| 370 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S }, |
| 371 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW }, |
| 372 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL }, |
| 373 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ }, |
| 374 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 }, |
| 375 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 }, |
| 376 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 }, |
| 377 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL }, |
| 378 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 }, |
| 379 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL }, |
| 380 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 }, |
| 381 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL }, |
| 382 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 }, |
| 383 | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL }, |
| 384 | { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 }, |
| 385 | { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL }, |
| 386 | #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */ |
| 387 | }; |
| 388 | |
| 389 | /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the |
| 390 | corresponding SH ELF reloc. */ |
| 391 | |
| 392 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 393 | sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| 394 | { |
| 395 | unsigned int i; |
| 396 | |
| 397 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++) |
| 398 | { |
| 399 | if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code) |
| 400 | return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val; |
| 401 | } |
| 402 | |
| 403 | return NULL; |
| 404 | } |
| 405 | |
| 406 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 407 | sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name) |
| 408 | { |
| 409 | unsigned int i; |
| 410 | |
| 411 | if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) |
| 412 | { |
| 413 | for (i = 0; |
| 414 | i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table) |
| 415 | / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0])); |
| 416 | i++) |
| 417 | if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
| 418 | && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 419 | return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i]; |
| 420 | } |
| 421 | else |
| 422 | { |
| 423 | for (i = 0; |
| 424 | i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table) |
| 425 | / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0])); |
| 426 | i++) |
| 427 | if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
| 428 | && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 429 | return &sh_elf_howto_table[i]; |
| 430 | } |
| 431 | |
| 432 | return NULL; |
| 433 | } |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */ |
| 436 | |
| 437 | static void |
| 438 | sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| 439 | { |
| 440 | unsigned int r; |
| 441 | |
| 442 | r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| 443 | |
| 444 | BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max); |
| 445 | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC); |
| 446 | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2); |
| 447 | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3); |
| 448 | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4); |
| 449 | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5); |
| 450 | |
| 451 | cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r; |
| 452 | } |
| 453 | \f |
| 454 | /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding |
| 455 | function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME: |
| 456 | There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF |
| 457 | specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply |
| 458 | into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication |
| 459 | could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both |
| 460 | functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different |
| 461 | values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here |
| 462 | they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */ |
| 463 | |
| 464 | static bfd_boolean |
| 465 | sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 466 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again) |
| 467 | { |
| 468 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 469 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 470 | bfd_boolean have_code; |
| 471 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 472 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| 473 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; |
| 474 | |
| 475 | *again = FALSE; |
| 476 | |
| 477 | if (link_info->relocatable |
| 478 | || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 479 | || sec->reloc_count == 0) |
| 480 | return TRUE; |
| 481 | |
| 482 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 483 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags |
| 484 | & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED)) |
| 485 | { |
| 486 | return TRUE; |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | #endif |
| 489 | |
| 490 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 491 | |
| 492 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 493 | (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 494 | link_info->keep_memory)); |
| 495 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 496 | goto error_return; |
| 497 | |
| 498 | have_code = FALSE; |
| 499 | |
| 500 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 501 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 502 | { |
| 503 | bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval; |
| 504 | unsigned short insn; |
| 505 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount; |
| 506 | bfd_signed_vma foff; |
| 507 | |
| 508 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE) |
| 509 | have_code = TRUE; |
| 510 | |
| 511 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES) |
| 512 | continue; |
| 513 | |
| 514 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 515 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 516 | { |
| 517 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 518 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 519 | else |
| 520 | { |
| 521 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 522 | goto error_return; |
| 523 | } |
| 524 | } |
| 525 | |
| 526 | /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to |
| 527 | the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is |
| 528 | computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based |
| 529 | from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */ |
| 530 | laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; |
| 531 | if (laddr >= sec->size) |
| 532 | { |
| 533 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"), |
| 534 | abfd, |
| 535 | (unsigned long) irel->r_offset); |
| 536 | continue; |
| 537 | } |
| 538 | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr); |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to |
| 541 | do. */ |
| 542 | if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000) |
| 543 | { |
| 544 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 545 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"), |
| 546 | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn)); |
| 547 | continue; |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | |
| 550 | /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The |
| 551 | displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a |
| 552 | displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but, |
| 553 | before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits |
| 554 | of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned |
| 555 | on a four byte boundary. */ |
| 556 | paddr = insn & 0xff; |
| 557 | paddr *= 4; |
| 558 | paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3; |
| 559 | if (paddr >= sec->size) |
| 560 | { |
| 561 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 562 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"), |
| 563 | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); |
| 564 | continue; |
| 565 | } |
| 566 | |
| 567 | /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is |
| 568 | being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is |
| 569 | actually being called. */ |
| 570 | for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++) |
| 571 | if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr |
| 572 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32) |
| 573 | break; |
| 574 | if (irelfn >= irelend) |
| 575 | { |
| 576 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 577 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"), |
| 578 | abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); |
| 579 | continue; |
| 580 | } |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */ |
| 583 | if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) |
| 584 | { |
| 585 | isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
| 586 | if (isymbuf == NULL) |
| 587 | isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 588 | symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, |
| 589 | NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 590 | if (isymbuf == NULL) |
| 591 | goto error_return; |
| 592 | } |
| 593 | |
| 594 | /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ |
| 595 | if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 596 | { |
| 597 | /* A local symbol. */ |
| 598 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 599 | |
| 600 | isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info); |
| 601 | if (isym->st_shndx |
| 602 | != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec)) |
| 603 | { |
| 604 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 605 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"), |
| 606 | abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); |
| 607 | continue; |
| 608 | } |
| 609 | |
| 610 | symval = (isym->st_value |
| 611 | + sec->output_section->vma |
| 612 | + sec->output_offset); |
| 613 | } |
| 614 | else |
| 615 | { |
| 616 | unsigned long indx; |
| 617 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 618 | |
| 619 | indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 620 | h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; |
| 621 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 622 | if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 623 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 624 | { |
| 625 | /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined |
| 626 | symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the |
| 627 | regular reloc processing. */ |
| 628 | continue; |
| 629 | } |
| 630 | |
| 631 | symval = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 632 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 633 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 634 | } |
| 635 | |
| 636 | if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) |
| 637 | symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); |
| 638 | else |
| 639 | symval += irelfn->r_addend; |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /* See if this function call can be shortened. */ |
| 642 | foff = (symval |
| 643 | - (irel->r_offset |
| 644 | + sec->output_section->vma |
| 645 | + sec->output_offset |
| 646 | + 4)); |
| 647 | /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an |
| 648 | .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted. |
| 649 | So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for |
| 650 | that. */ |
| 651 | if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8) |
| 652 | { |
| 653 | /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */ |
| 654 | continue; |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | /* Shorten the function call. */ |
| 658 | |
| 659 | /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section |
| 660 | contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We |
| 661 | must tell the rest of the code not to free up this |
| 662 | information. It would be possible to instead create a table |
| 663 | of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c; |
| 664 | that would be more work, but would require less memory when |
| 665 | the linker is run. */ |
| 666 | |
| 667 | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 668 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 669 | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
| 670 | |
| 671 | /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */ |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and |
| 674 | replace the jsr with a bsr. */ |
| 675 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W); |
| 676 | /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 677 | here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol, |
| 678 | not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need |
| 679 | a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that |
| 680 | the value of the symbol is not available. */ |
| 681 | |
| 682 | /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external |
| 683 | symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let |
| 684 | the final link phase handle it. */ |
| 685 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 686 | |
| 687 | irel->r_addend = -4; |
| 688 | |
| 689 | /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the |
| 690 | DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However, |
| 691 | the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we |
| 692 | have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */ |
| 693 | irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same |
| 696 | register load. */ |
| 697 | for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++) |
| 698 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES |
| 699 | && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend) |
| 700 | break; |
| 701 | if (irelscan < irelend) |
| 702 | { |
| 703 | /* Some other function call depends upon this register load, |
| 704 | and we have not yet converted that function call. |
| 705 | Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is |
| 706 | nothing else we can do at this point. */ |
| 707 | continue; |
| 708 | } |
| 709 | |
| 710 | /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the |
| 711 | function address is stored. Do this before deleting any |
| 712 | bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */ |
| 713 | for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++) |
| 714 | if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr |
| 715 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT) |
| 716 | break; |
| 717 | |
| 718 | /* Delete the register load. */ |
| 719 | if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2)) |
| 720 | goto error_return; |
| 721 | |
| 722 | /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some |
| 723 | other function call to come within range, we should relax |
| 724 | again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */ |
| 725 | *again = TRUE; |
| 726 | |
| 727 | /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */ |
| 728 | if (irelcount >= irelend) |
| 729 | { |
| 730 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 731 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"), |
| 732 | abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); |
| 733 | continue; |
| 734 | } |
| 735 | |
| 736 | /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've |
| 737 | just deleted one. */ |
| 738 | if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) |
| 739 | { |
| 740 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"), |
| 741 | abfd, |
| 742 | (unsigned long) paddr)); |
| 743 | continue; |
| 744 | } |
| 745 | |
| 746 | --irelcount->r_addend; |
| 747 | |
| 748 | /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload |
| 749 | the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the |
| 750 | previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */ |
| 751 | if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) |
| 752 | { |
| 753 | if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4)) |
| 754 | goto error_return; |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | |
| 757 | /* We've done all we can with that function call. */ |
| 758 | } |
| 759 | |
| 760 | /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four |
| 761 | byte boundaries. */ |
| 762 | if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4 |
| 763 | && have_code) |
| 764 | { |
| 765 | bfd_boolean swapped; |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 768 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 769 | { |
| 770 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 771 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 772 | else |
| 773 | { |
| 774 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 775 | goto error_return; |
| 776 | } |
| 777 | } |
| 778 | |
| 779 | if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, |
| 780 | &swapped)) |
| 781 | goto error_return; |
| 782 | |
| 783 | if (swapped) |
| 784 | { |
| 785 | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 786 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 787 | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
| 788 | } |
| 789 | } |
| 790 | |
| 791 | if (isymbuf != NULL |
| 792 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
| 793 | { |
| 794 | if (! link_info->keep_memory) |
| 795 | free (isymbuf); |
| 796 | else |
| 797 | { |
| 798 | /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 799 | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
| 800 | } |
| 801 | } |
| 802 | |
| 803 | if (contents != NULL |
| 804 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 805 | { |
| 806 | if (! link_info->keep_memory) |
| 807 | free (contents); |
| 808 | else |
| 809 | { |
| 810 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 811 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | } |
| 814 | |
| 815 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 816 | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 817 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 818 | |
| 819 | return TRUE; |
| 820 | |
| 821 | error_return: |
| 822 | if (isymbuf != NULL |
| 823 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
| 824 | free (isymbuf); |
| 825 | if (contents != NULL |
| 826 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 827 | free (contents); |
| 828 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 829 | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 830 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 831 | |
| 832 | return FALSE; |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | |
| 835 | /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a |
| 836 | lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes |
| 837 | in coff-sh.c. */ |
| 838 | |
| 839 | static bfd_boolean |
| 840 | sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, |
| 841 | int count) |
| 842 | { |
| 843 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 844 | unsigned int sec_shndx; |
| 845 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 846 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 847 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign; |
| 848 | bfd_vma toaddr; |
| 849 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend; |
| 850 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 851 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes; |
| 852 | unsigned int symcount; |
| 853 | asection *o; |
| 854 | |
| 855 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 856 | isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
| 857 | |
| 858 | sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| 859 | |
| 860 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 861 | |
| 862 | /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment |
| 863 | power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */ |
| 864 | |
| 865 | irelalign = NULL; |
| 866 | toaddr = sec->size; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; |
| 869 | irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count; |
| 870 | for (; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 871 | { |
| 872 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN |
| 873 | && irel->r_offset > addr |
| 874 | && count < (1 << irel->r_addend)) |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | irelalign = irel; |
| 877 | toaddr = irel->r_offset; |
| 878 | break; |
| 879 | } |
| 880 | } |
| 881 | |
| 882 | /* Actually delete the bytes. */ |
| 883 | memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, |
| 884 | (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count)); |
| 885 | if (irelalign == NULL) |
| 886 | sec->size -= count; |
| 887 | else |
| 888 | { |
| 889 | int i; |
| 890 | |
| 891 | #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009) |
| 892 | |
| 893 | BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0); |
| 894 | for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2) |
| 895 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i); |
| 896 | } |
| 897 | |
| 898 | /* Adjust all the relocs. */ |
| 899 | for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 900 | { |
| 901 | bfd_vma nraddr, stop; |
| 902 | bfd_vma start = 0; |
| 903 | int insn = 0; |
| 904 | int off, adjust, oinsn; |
| 905 | bfd_signed_vma voff = 0; |
| 906 | bfd_boolean overflow; |
| 907 | |
| 908 | /* Get the new reloc address. */ |
| 909 | nraddr = irel->r_offset; |
| 910 | if ((irel->r_offset > addr |
| 911 | && irel->r_offset < toaddr) |
| 912 | || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN |
| 913 | && irel->r_offset == toaddr)) |
| 914 | nraddr -= count; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which |
| 917 | case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which |
| 918 | represent addresses, though. */ |
| 919 | if (irel->r_offset >= addr |
| 920 | && irel->r_offset < addr + count |
| 921 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN |
| 922 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE |
| 923 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA |
| 924 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL) |
| 925 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), |
| 926 | (int) R_SH_NONE); |
| 927 | |
| 928 | /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers |
| 929 | includes the bytes we have deleted. */ |
| 930 | switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) |
| 931 | { |
| 932 | default: |
| 933 | break; |
| 934 | |
| 935 | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
| 936 | case R_SH_IND12W: |
| 937 | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
| 938 | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
| 939 | start = irel->r_offset; |
| 940 | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
| 941 | break; |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) |
| 945 | { |
| 946 | default: |
| 947 | start = stop = addr; |
| 948 | break; |
| 949 | |
| 950 | case R_SH_DIR32: |
| 951 | /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this |
| 952 | section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we |
| 953 | must check the addend to see it will put the value in |
| 954 | range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */ |
| 955 | if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 956 | { |
| 957 | isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 958 | if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx |
| 959 | && (isym->st_value <= addr |
| 960 | || isym->st_value >= toaddr)) |
| 961 | { |
| 962 | bfd_vma val; |
| 963 | |
| 964 | if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) |
| 965 | { |
| 966 | val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
| 967 | val += isym->st_value; |
| 968 | if (val > addr && val < toaddr) |
| 969 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr); |
| 970 | } |
| 971 | else |
| 972 | { |
| 973 | val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend; |
| 974 | if (val > addr && val < toaddr) |
| 975 | irel->r_addend -= count; |
| 976 | } |
| 977 | } |
| 978 | } |
| 979 | start = stop = addr; |
| 980 | break; |
| 981 | |
| 982 | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
| 983 | off = insn & 0xff; |
| 984 | if (off & 0x80) |
| 985 | off -= 0x100; |
| 986 | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); |
| 987 | break; |
| 988 | |
| 989 | case R_SH_IND12W: |
| 990 | off = insn & 0xfff; |
| 991 | if (! off) |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the |
| 994 | relocation will be against an external symbol, the |
| 995 | final relocation will just do the right thing. */ |
| 996 | start = stop = addr; |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | else |
| 999 | { |
| 1000 | if (off & 0x800) |
| 1001 | off -= 0x1000; |
| 1002 | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus |
| 1005 | for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the |
| 1006 | start of the section. |
| 1007 | N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and |
| 1008 | test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into |
| 1009 | account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */ |
| 1010 | if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr) |
| 1011 | irel->r_addend -= count; |
| 1012 | } |
| 1013 | break; |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
| 1016 | off = insn & 0xff; |
| 1017 | stop = start + 4 + off * 2; |
| 1018 | break; |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
| 1021 | off = insn & 0xff; |
| 1022 | stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4; |
| 1023 | break; |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 | case R_SH_SWITCH8: |
| 1026 | case R_SH_SWITCH16: |
| 1027 | case R_SH_SWITCH32: |
| 1028 | /* These relocs types represent |
| 1029 | .word L2-L1 |
| 1030 | The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc |
| 1031 | address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and |
| 1032 | adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust |
| 1033 | both the r_offset field and the section contents. |
| 1034 | N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset, |
| 1035 | and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */ |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | stop = irel->r_offset; |
| 1038 | start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend); |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | if (start > addr |
| 1041 | && start < toaddr |
| 1042 | && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) |
| 1043 | irel->r_addend += count; |
| 1044 | else if (stop > addr |
| 1045 | && stop < toaddr |
| 1046 | && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) |
| 1047 | irel->r_addend -= count; |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16) |
| 1050 | voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
| 1051 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8) |
| 1052 | voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
| 1053 | else |
| 1054 | voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
| 1055 | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | break; |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | case R_SH_USES: |
| 1060 | start = irel->r_offset; |
| 1061 | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start |
| 1062 | + (long) irel->r_addend |
| 1063 | + 4); |
| 1064 | break; |
| 1065 | } |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | if (start > addr |
| 1068 | && start < toaddr |
| 1069 | && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) |
| 1070 | adjust = count; |
| 1071 | else if (stop > addr |
| 1072 | && stop < toaddr |
| 1073 | && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) |
| 1074 | adjust = - count; |
| 1075 | else |
| 1076 | adjust = 0; |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | if (adjust != 0) |
| 1079 | { |
| 1080 | oinsn = insn; |
| 1081 | overflow = FALSE; |
| 1082 | switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) |
| 1083 | { |
| 1084 | default: |
| 1085 | abort (); |
| 1086 | break; |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
| 1089 | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
| 1090 | insn += adjust / 2; |
| 1091 | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
| 1092 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1093 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); |
| 1094 | break; |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | case R_SH_IND12W: |
| 1097 | insn += adjust / 2; |
| 1098 | if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) |
| 1099 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1100 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); |
| 1101 | break; |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
| 1104 | BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4); |
| 1105 | if (count >= 4) |
| 1106 | insn += adjust / 4; |
| 1107 | else |
| 1108 | { |
| 1109 | if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0) |
| 1110 | ++insn; |
| 1111 | } |
| 1112 | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
| 1113 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1114 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); |
| 1115 | break; |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | case R_SH_SWITCH8: |
| 1118 | voff += adjust; |
| 1119 | if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff) |
| 1120 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1121 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr); |
| 1122 | break; |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | case R_SH_SWITCH16: |
| 1125 | voff += adjust; |
| 1126 | if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000) |
| 1127 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1128 | bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); |
| 1129 | break; |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | case R_SH_SWITCH32: |
| 1132 | voff += adjust; |
| 1133 | bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); |
| 1134 | break; |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | case R_SH_USES: |
| 1137 | irel->r_addend += adjust; |
| 1138 | break; |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | if (overflow) |
| 1142 | { |
| 1143 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1144 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), |
| 1145 | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); |
| 1146 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1147 | return FALSE; |
| 1148 | } |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | irel->r_offset = nraddr; |
| 1152 | } |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32 |
| 1155 | relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust |
| 1156 | below, we may need to adjust the addends. */ |
| 1157 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 1158 | { |
| 1159 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 1160 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend; |
| 1161 | bfd_byte *ocontents; |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | if (o == sec |
| 1164 | || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 1165 | || o->reloc_count == 0) |
| 1166 | continue; |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is |
| 1169 | FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we |
| 1170 | leave sh_coff_relax_section. */ |
| 1171 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 1172 | (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE)); |
| 1173 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 1174 | return FALSE; |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | ocontents = NULL; |
| 1177 | irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count; |
| 1178 | for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++) |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */ |
| 1181 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32) |
| 1182 | { |
| 1183 | bfd_vma start, stop; |
| 1184 | bfd_signed_vma voff; |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | if (ocontents == NULL) |
| 1187 | { |
| 1188 | if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 1189 | ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 1190 | else |
| 1191 | { |
| 1192 | /* We always cache the section contents. |
| 1193 | Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we |
| 1194 | should free them, if we are permitted to, |
| 1195 | when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */ |
| 1196 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) |
| 1197 | { |
| 1198 | if (ocontents != NULL) |
| 1199 | free (ocontents); |
| 1200 | return FALSE; |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; |
| 1204 | } |
| 1205 | } |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | stop = irelscan->r_offset; |
| 1208 | start |
| 1209 | = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend); |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */ |
| 1212 | if (start > addr && start < toaddr) |
| 1213 | irelscan->r_addend += count; |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
| 1216 | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | if (start > addr |
| 1219 | && start < toaddr |
| 1220 | && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) |
| 1221 | bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count, |
| 1222 | ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
| 1223 | else if (stop > addr |
| 1224 | && stop < toaddr |
| 1225 | && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) |
| 1226 | bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count, |
| 1227 | ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
| 1228 | } |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32) |
| 1231 | continue; |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1234 | continue; |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info); |
| 1238 | if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx |
| 1239 | && (isym->st_value <= addr |
| 1240 | || isym->st_value >= toaddr)) |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | bfd_vma val; |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | if (ocontents == NULL) |
| 1245 | { |
| 1246 | if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 1247 | ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 1248 | else |
| 1249 | { |
| 1250 | /* We always cache the section contents. |
| 1251 | Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we |
| 1252 | should free them, if we are permitted to, |
| 1253 | when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */ |
| 1254 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) |
| 1255 | { |
| 1256 | if (ocontents != NULL) |
| 1257 | free (ocontents); |
| 1258 | return FALSE; |
| 1259 | } |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; |
| 1262 | } |
| 1263 | } |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
| 1266 | val += isym->st_value; |
| 1267 | if (val > addr && val < toaddr) |
| 1268 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, |
| 1269 | ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
| 1270 | } |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | } |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */ |
| 1275 | isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 1276 | for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++) |
| 1277 | { |
| 1278 | if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx |
| 1279 | && isym->st_value > addr |
| 1280 | && isym->st_value < toaddr) |
| 1281 | isym->st_value -= count; |
| 1282 | } |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */ |
| 1285 | symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym) |
| 1286 | - symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 1287 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 1288 | end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount; |
| 1289 | for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++) |
| 1290 | { |
| 1291 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes; |
| 1292 | if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1293 | || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1294 | && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec |
| 1295 | && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr |
| 1296 | && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr) |
| 1297 | { |
| 1298 | sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count; |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted |
| 1303 | r_offset for it already. */ |
| 1304 | if (irelalign != NULL) |
| 1305 | { |
| 1306 | bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr; |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend); |
| 1309 | alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset, |
| 1310 | 1 << irelalign->r_addend); |
| 1311 | if (alignto != alignaddr) |
| 1312 | { |
| 1313 | /* Tail recursion. */ |
| 1314 | return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr, |
| 1315 | (int) (alignto - alignaddr)); |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | } |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | return TRUE; |
| 1320 | } |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte |
| 1323 | boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */ |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1326 | sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec, |
| 1327 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, |
| 1328 | bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1329 | bfd_boolean *pswapped) |
| 1330 | { |
| 1331 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 1332 | bfd_vma *labels = NULL; |
| 1333 | bfd_vma *label, *label_end; |
| 1334 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | *pswapped = FALSE; |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */ |
| 1341 | amt = sec->reloc_count; |
| 1342 | amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma); |
| 1343 | labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 1344 | if (labels == NULL) |
| 1345 | goto error_return; |
| 1346 | label_end = labels; |
| 1347 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 1348 | { |
| 1349 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL) |
| 1350 | { |
| 1351 | *label_end = irel->r_offset; |
| 1352 | ++label_end; |
| 1353 | } |
| 1354 | } |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in |
| 1357 | address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort |
| 1358 | the label values and the relocs. */ |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | label = labels; |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 1363 | { |
| 1364 | bfd_vma start, stop; |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE) |
| 1367 | continue; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | start = irel->r_offset; |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 1372 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA) |
| 1373 | break; |
| 1374 | if (irel < irelend) |
| 1375 | stop = irel->r_offset; |
| 1376 | else |
| 1377 | stop = sec->size; |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns, |
| 1380 | internal_relocs, &label, |
| 1381 | label_end, start, stop, pswapped)) |
| 1382 | goto error_return; |
| 1383 | } |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | free (labels); |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | return TRUE; |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | error_return: |
| 1390 | if (labels != NULL) |
| 1391 | free (labels); |
| 1392 | return FALSE; |
| 1393 | } |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | #ifndef SH64_ELF |
| 1396 | /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */ |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1399 | sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs, |
| 1400 | bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr) |
| 1401 | { |
| 1402 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs; |
| 1403 | unsigned short i1, i2; |
| 1404 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | /* Swap the instructions themselves. */ |
| 1407 | i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr); |
| 1408 | i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2); |
| 1409 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr); |
| 1410 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2); |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */ |
| 1413 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 1414 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 1415 | { |
| 1416 | enum elf_sh_reloc_type type; |
| 1417 | int add; |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to |
| 1420 | adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself, |
| 1421 | but are only associated with the address. */ |
| 1422 | type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 1423 | if (type == R_SH_ALIGN |
| 1424 | || type == R_SH_CODE |
| 1425 | || type == R_SH_DATA |
| 1426 | || type == R_SH_LABEL) |
| 1427 | continue; |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being |
| 1430 | swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this |
| 1431 | for a jump, though, since we want to execute both |
| 1432 | instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping |
| 1433 | around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an |
| 1434 | instruction it shouldn't). */ |
| 1435 | if (type == R_SH_USES) |
| 1436 | { |
| 1437 | bfd_vma off; |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; |
| 1440 | if (off == addr) |
| 1441 | irel->r_offset += 2; |
| 1442 | else if (off == addr + 2) |
| 1443 | irel->r_offset -= 2; |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | if (irel->r_offset == addr) |
| 1447 | { |
| 1448 | irel->r_offset += 2; |
| 1449 | add = -2; |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2) |
| 1452 | { |
| 1453 | irel->r_offset -= 2; |
| 1454 | add = 2; |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | else |
| 1457 | add = 0; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | if (add != 0) |
| 1460 | { |
| 1461 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 1462 | unsigned short insn, oinsn; |
| 1463 | bfd_boolean overflow; |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | loc = contents + irel->r_offset; |
| 1466 | overflow = FALSE; |
| 1467 | switch (type) |
| 1468 | { |
| 1469 | default: |
| 1470 | break; |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
| 1473 | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
| 1474 | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); |
| 1475 | oinsn = insn; |
| 1476 | insn += add / 2; |
| 1477 | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
| 1478 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1479 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); |
| 1480 | break; |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | case R_SH_IND12W: |
| 1483 | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); |
| 1484 | oinsn = insn; |
| 1485 | insn += add / 2; |
| 1486 | if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) |
| 1487 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1488 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); |
| 1489 | break; |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
| 1492 | /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of |
| 1493 | the program counter before adding in the offset. |
| 1494 | This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the |
| 1495 | swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an |
| 1496 | odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a |
| 1497 | four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */ |
| 1498 | if ((addr & 3) != 0) |
| 1499 | { |
| 1500 | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); |
| 1501 | oinsn = insn; |
| 1502 | insn += add / 2; |
| 1503 | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
| 1504 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 1505 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); |
| 1506 | } |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | break; |
| 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | if (overflow) |
| 1512 | { |
| 1513 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1514 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), |
| 1515 | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); |
| 1516 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1517 | return FALSE; |
| 1518 | } |
| 1519 | } |
| 1520 | } |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | return TRUE; |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */ |
| 1525 | \f |
| 1526 | /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */ |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | struct elf_sh_plt_info |
| 1529 | { |
| 1530 | /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special |
| 1531 | first entry. */ |
| 1532 | const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */ |
| 1535 | bfd_vma plt0_entry_size; |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to |
| 1538 | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE |
| 1539 | if there is no such pointer. */ |
| 1540 | bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3]; |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */ |
| 1543 | const bfd_byte *symbol_entry; |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */ |
| 1546 | bfd_vma symbol_entry_size; |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used |
| 1549 | on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value |
| 1550 | that the field must hold. */ |
| 1551 | struct { |
| 1552 | bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */ |
| 1553 | bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */ |
| 1554 | bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */ |
| 1555 | } symbol_fields; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */ |
| 1558 | bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset; |
| 1559 | }; |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1570 | { |
| 1571 | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */ |
| 1572 | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */ |
| 1573 | 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
| 1574 | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1575 | 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
| 1576 | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1577 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1578 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1579 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1580 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1581 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1582 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1583 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1584 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1585 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1586 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1587 | }; |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1590 | { |
| 1591 | 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */ |
| 1592 | 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */ |
| 1593 | 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
| 1594 | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1595 | 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
| 1596 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1597 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1598 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1599 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1600 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1601 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1602 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1603 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1604 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1605 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1606 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1607 | }; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like |
| 1610 | this. */ |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1613 | { |
| 1614 | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
| 1615 | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
| 1616 | 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */ |
| 1617 | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1618 | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1619 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1620 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1621 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1622 | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */ |
| 1623 | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */ |
| 1624 | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1625 | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
| 1626 | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
| 1627 | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1628 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1629 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1630 | }; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1633 | { |
| 1634 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
| 1635 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
| 1636 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */ |
| 1637 | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1638 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1639 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1640 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1641 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1642 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */ |
| 1643 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */ |
| 1644 | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1645 | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
| 1646 | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
| 1647 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1648 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1649 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1650 | }; |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1655 | { |
| 1656 | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
| 1657 | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
| 1658 | 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */ |
| 1659 | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1660 | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1661 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1662 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1663 | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
| 1664 | 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */ |
| 1665 | 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */ |
| 1666 | 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
| 1667 | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1668 | 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
| 1669 | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
| 1670 | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
| 1671 | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1672 | }; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1675 | { |
| 1676 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
| 1677 | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
| 1678 | 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */ |
| 1679 | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1680 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1681 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1682 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1683 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
| 1684 | 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */ |
| 1685 | 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */ |
| 1686 | 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
| 1687 | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
| 1688 | 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
| 1689 | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
| 1690 | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
| 1691 | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
| 1692 | }; |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | { |
| 1697 | /* Big-endian non-PIC. */ |
| 1698 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
| 1699 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1700 | { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 1701 | elf_sh_plt_entry_be, |
| 1702 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1703 | { 0, 32, 48 }, |
| 1704 | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ |
| 1705 | }, |
| 1706 | { |
| 1707 | /* Little-endian non-PIC. */ |
| 1708 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
| 1709 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1710 | { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 1711 | elf_sh_plt_entry_le, |
| 1712 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1713 | { 0, 32, 48 }, |
| 1714 | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ |
| 1715 | }, |
| 1716 | }, |
| 1717 | { |
| 1718 | { |
| 1719 | /* Big-endian PIC. */ |
| 1720 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
| 1721 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1722 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 1723 | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, |
| 1724 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1725 | { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52 }, |
| 1726 | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ |
| 1727 | }, |
| 1728 | { |
| 1729 | /* Little-endian PIC. */ |
| 1730 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
| 1731 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1732 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 1733 | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, |
| 1734 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1735 | { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52 }, |
| 1736 | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ |
| 1737 | }, |
| 1738 | } |
| 1739 | }; |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */ |
| 1742 | #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0 |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. |
| 1745 | VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, |
| 1746 | not data. |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */ |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | inline static void |
| 1751 | install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p, |
| 1752 | unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) |
| 1753 | { |
| 1754 | value |= code_p; |
| 1755 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 1756 | bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr) |
| 1757 | | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00), |
| 1758 | addr); |
| 1759 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 1760 | bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4) |
| 1761 | | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00), |
| 1762 | addr + 4); |
| 1763 | } |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if |
| 1766 | the object is position-independent. */ |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * |
| 1769 | get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p) |
| 1770 | { |
| 1771 | return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
| 1772 | } |
| 1773 | #else |
| 1774 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28 |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by |
| 1781 | GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be |
| 1782 | corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform |
| 1783 | to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT |
| 1784 | and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and |
| 1785 | ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however, |
| 1786 | since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be |
| 1787 | greater than or equal to 12. */ |
| 1788 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1789 | { |
| 1790 | 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */ |
| 1791 | 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1792 | 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ |
| 1793 | 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
| 1794 | 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1795 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1796 | 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */ |
| 1797 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1798 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1799 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1800 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */ |
| 1801 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */ |
| 1802 | }; |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1805 | { |
| 1806 | 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */ |
| 1807 | 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1808 | 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ |
| 1809 | 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
| 1810 | 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1811 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1812 | 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */ |
| 1813 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1814 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1815 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1816 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */ |
| 1817 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */ |
| 1818 | }; |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like |
| 1821 | this. */ |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1824 | { |
| 1825 | 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
| 1826 | 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
| 1827 | 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */ |
| 1828 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1829 | 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */ |
| 1830 | 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
| 1831 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1832 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1833 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */ |
| 1834 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1835 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1836 | }; |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1839 | { |
| 1840 | 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
| 1841 | 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1842 | 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */ |
| 1843 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1844 | 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */ |
| 1845 | 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
| 1846 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1847 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1848 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */ |
| 1849 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1850 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1851 | }; |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1856 | { |
| 1857 | 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
| 1858 | 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
| 1859 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1860 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1861 | 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ |
| 1862 | 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
| 1863 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1864 | 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ |
| 1865 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1866 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1867 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1868 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1869 | }; |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1872 | { |
| 1873 | 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
| 1874 | 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
| 1875 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1876 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1877 | 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ |
| 1878 | 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
| 1879 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1880 | 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ |
| 1881 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1882 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1883 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1884 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1885 | }; |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { |
| 1888 | { |
| 1889 | { |
| 1890 | /* Big-endian non-PIC. */ |
| 1891 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
| 1892 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1893 | { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, |
| 1894 | elf_sh_plt_entry_be, |
| 1895 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1896 | { 20, 16, 24 }, |
| 1897 | 8 |
| 1898 | }, |
| 1899 | { |
| 1900 | /* Little-endian non-PIC. */ |
| 1901 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
| 1902 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1903 | { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, |
| 1904 | elf_sh_plt_entry_le, |
| 1905 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1906 | { 20, 16, 24 }, |
| 1907 | 8 |
| 1908 | }, |
| 1909 | }, |
| 1910 | { |
| 1911 | { |
| 1912 | /* Big-endian PIC. */ |
| 1913 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
| 1914 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1915 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 1916 | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, |
| 1917 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1918 | { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24 }, |
| 1919 | 8 |
| 1920 | }, |
| 1921 | { |
| 1922 | /* Little-endian PIC. */ |
| 1923 | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
| 1924 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1925 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 1926 | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, |
| 1927 | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 1928 | { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24 }, |
| 1929 | 8 |
| 1930 | }, |
| 1931 | } |
| 1932 | }; |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12 |
| 1935 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24 |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = |
| 1938 | { |
| 1939 | 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ |
| 1940 | 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */ |
| 1941 | 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */ |
| 1942 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1943 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */ |
| 1944 | }; |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = |
| 1947 | { |
| 1948 | 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ |
| 1949 | 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */ |
| 1950 | 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */ |
| 1951 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1952 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */ |
| 1953 | }; |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1956 | { |
| 1957 | 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 1958 | 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1959 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1960 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1961 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1962 | 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 1963 | 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */ |
| 1964 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1965 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1966 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1967 | }; |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1970 | { |
| 1971 | 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 1972 | 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
| 1973 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1974 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1975 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1976 | 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 1977 | 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */ |
| 1978 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1979 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 1980 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1981 | }; |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1984 | { |
| 1985 | 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 1986 | 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
| 1987 | 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 1988 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1989 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 1990 | 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 1991 | 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ |
| 1992 | 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */ |
| 1993 | 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
| 1994 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 1995 | }; |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 1998 | { |
| 1999 | 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 2000 | 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
| 2001 | 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
| 2002 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 2003 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 2004 | 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
| 2005 | 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ |
| 2006 | 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */ |
| 2007 | 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
| 2008 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 2009 | }; |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = { |
| 2012 | { |
| 2013 | { |
| 2014 | /* Big-endian non-PIC. */ |
| 2015 | vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
| 2016 | VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, |
| 2017 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, |
| 2018 | vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be, |
| 2019 | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 2020 | { 8, 14, 20 }, |
| 2021 | 12 |
| 2022 | }, |
| 2023 | { |
| 2024 | /* Little-endian non-PIC. */ |
| 2025 | vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
| 2026 | VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, |
| 2027 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, |
| 2028 | vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le, |
| 2029 | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 2030 | { 8, 14, 20 }, |
| 2031 | 12 |
| 2032 | }, |
| 2033 | }, |
| 2034 | { |
| 2035 | { |
| 2036 | /* Big-endian PIC. */ |
| 2037 | NULL, |
| 2038 | 0, |
| 2039 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 2040 | vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, |
| 2041 | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 2042 | { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20 }, |
| 2043 | 12 |
| 2044 | }, |
| 2045 | { |
| 2046 | /* Little-endian PIC. */ |
| 2047 | NULL, |
| 2048 | 0, |
| 2049 | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
| 2050 | vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, |
| 2051 | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
| 2052 | { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20 }, |
| 2053 | 12 |
| 2054 | }, |
| 2055 | } |
| 2056 | }; |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if |
| 2059 | the object is position-independent. */ |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * |
| 2062 | get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p) |
| 2063 | { |
| 2064 | if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) |
| 2065 | return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
| 2066 | return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. |
| 2070 | VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, |
| 2071 | not data. */ |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | inline static void |
| 2074 | install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 2075 | unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr); |
| 2078 | } |
| 2079 | #endif |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */ |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | static bfd_vma |
| 2084 | get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset) |
| 2085 | { |
| 2086 | return (offset - info->plt0_entry_size) / info->symbol_entry_size; |
| 2087 | } |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | /* Do the inverse operation. */ |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | static bfd_vma |
| 2092 | get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma index) |
| 2093 | { |
| 2094 | return info->plt0_entry_size + (index * info->symbol_entry_size); |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it |
| 2098 | decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol. |
| 2099 | This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be |
| 2100 | unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the |
| 2101 | regular ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs |
| 2104 | { |
| 2105 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next; |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | /* The input section of the reloc. */ |
| 2108 | asection *sec; |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ |
| 2111 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */ |
| 2114 | bfd_size_type pc_count; |
| 2115 | }; |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */ |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry |
| 2120 | { |
| 2121 | struct elf_link_hash_entry root; |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 2124 | union |
| 2125 | { |
| 2126 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 2127 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 2128 | } datalabel_got; |
| 2129 | #endif |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ |
| 2132 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount; |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | enum { |
| 2137 | GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE |
| 2138 | } tls_type; |
| 2139 | }; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | struct sh_elf_obj_tdata |
| 2144 | { |
| 2145 | struct elf_obj_tdata root; |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | /* tls_type for each local got entry. */ |
| 2148 | char *local_got_tls_type; |
| 2149 | }; |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \ |
| 2152 | ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | #define sh_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \ |
| 2155 | (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type) |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \ |
| 2158 | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| 2159 | && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ |
| 2160 | && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_TDATA) |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata |
| 2163 | as the specific tdata. */ |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2166 | sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 2167 | { |
| 2168 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata), |
| 2169 | SH_ELF_TDATA); |
| 2170 | } |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | /* sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table |
| 2175 | { |
| 2176 | struct elf_link_hash_table root; |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| 2179 | asection *sgot; |
| 2180 | asection *sgotplt; |
| 2181 | asection *srelgot; |
| 2182 | asection *splt; |
| 2183 | asection *srelplt; |
| 2184 | asection *sdynbss; |
| 2185 | asection *srelbss; |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */ |
| 2188 | asection *srelplt2; |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | /* Small local sym cache. */ |
| 2191 | struct sym_cache sym_cache; |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */ |
| 2194 | union |
| 2195 | { |
| 2196 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 2197 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 2198 | } tls_ldm_got; |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* The type of PLT to use. */ |
| 2201 | const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ |
| 2204 | bfd_boolean vxworks_p; |
| 2205 | }; |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ |
| 2210 | (elf_link_hash_traverse \ |
| 2211 | (&(table)->root, \ |
| 2212 | (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ |
| 2213 | (info))) |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \ |
| 2218 | ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 2223 | sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| 2224 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| 2225 | const char *string) |
| 2226 | { |
| 2227 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret = |
| 2228 | (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 2231 | subclass. */ |
| 2232 | if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 2233 | ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) |
| 2234 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, |
| 2235 | sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry))); |
| 2236 | if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 2237 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 2240 | ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) |
| 2241 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, |
| 2242 | table, string)); |
| 2243 | if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 2244 | { |
| 2245 | ret->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2246 | ret->gotplt_refcount = 0; |
| 2247 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 2248 | ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount; |
| 2249 | #endif |
| 2250 | ret->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 2251 | } |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 2259 | sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 2260 | { |
| 2261 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 2262 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table); |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 2265 | if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL) |
| 2266 | return NULL; |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, |
| 2269 | sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc, |
| 2270 | sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry))) |
| 2271 | { |
| 2272 | free (ret); |
| 2273 | return NULL; |
| 2274 | } |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | ret->sgot = NULL; |
| 2277 | ret->sgotplt = NULL; |
| 2278 | ret->srelgot = NULL; |
| 2279 | ret->splt = NULL; |
| 2280 | ret->srelplt = NULL; |
| 2281 | ret->sdynbss = NULL; |
| 2282 | ret->srelbss = NULL; |
| 2283 | ret->srelplt2 = NULL; |
| 2284 | ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL; |
| 2285 | ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0; |
| 2286 | ret->plt_info = NULL; |
| 2287 | ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd); |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | return &ret->root.root; |
| 2290 | } |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up |
| 2293 | shortcuts to them in our hash table. */ |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2296 | create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2297 | { |
| 2298 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) |
| 2301 | return FALSE; |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2304 | htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got"); |
| 2305 | htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt"); |
| 2306 | htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got"); |
| 2307 | if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot) |
| 2308 | abort (); |
| 2309 | return TRUE; |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2315 | sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2316 | { |
| 2317 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2318 | flagword flags, pltflags; |
| 2319 | register asection *s; |
| 2320 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2321 | int ptralign = 0; |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | switch (bed->s->arch_size) |
| 2324 | { |
| 2325 | case 32: |
| 2326 | ptralign = 2; |
| 2327 | break; |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | case 64: |
| 2330 | ptralign = 3; |
| 2331 | break; |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | default: |
| 2334 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2335 | return FALSE; |
| 2336 | } |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2339 | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 2340 | return TRUE; |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and |
| 2343 | .rel[a].bss sections. */ |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 2346 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | pltflags = flags; |
| 2349 | pltflags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 2350 | if (bed->plt_not_loaded) |
| 2351 | pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 2352 | if (bed->plt_readonly) |
| 2353 | pltflags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags); |
| 2356 | htab->splt = s; |
| 2357 | if (s == NULL |
| 2358 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment)) |
| 2359 | return FALSE; |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | if (bed->want_plt_sym) |
| 2362 | { |
| 2363 | /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the |
| 2364 | .plt section. */ |
| 2365 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2366 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 2369 | (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, |
| 2370 | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE, |
| 2371 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) |
| 2372 | return FALSE; |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; |
| 2375 | h->def_regular = 1; |
| 2376 | h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 2377 | htab->root.hplt = h; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | if (info->shared |
| 2380 | && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2381 | return FALSE; |
| 2382 | } |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, |
| 2385 | bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt", |
| 2386 | flags | SEC_READONLY); |
| 2387 | htab->srelplt = s; |
| 2388 | if (s == NULL |
| 2389 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) |
| 2390 | return FALSE; |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | if (htab->sgot == NULL |
| 2393 | && !create_got_section (abfd, info)) |
| 2394 | return FALSE; |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | { |
| 2397 | const char *secname; |
| 2398 | char *relname; |
| 2399 | flagword secflags; |
| 2400 | asection *sec; |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2403 | { |
| 2404 | secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec); |
| 2405 | if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) |
| 2406 | || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) |
| 2407 | continue; |
| 2408 | secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); |
| 2409 | relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6); |
| 2410 | strcpy (relname, ".rela"); |
| 2411 | strcat (relname, secname); |
| 2412 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname)) |
| 2413 | continue; |
| 2414 | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname, |
| 2415 | flags | SEC_READONLY); |
| 2416 | if (s == NULL |
| 2417 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) |
| 2418 | return FALSE; |
| 2419 | } |
| 2420 | } |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | if (bed->want_dynbss) |
| 2423 | { |
| 2424 | /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined |
| 2425 | by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are |
| 2426 | not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process |
| 2427 | image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
| 2428 | initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss |
| 2429 | section into the .bss section of the final image. */ |
| 2430 | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss", |
| 2431 | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2432 | htab->sdynbss = s; |
| 2433 | if (s == NULL) |
| 2434 | return FALSE; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not |
| 2437 | normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the |
| 2438 | linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it |
| 2439 | only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it |
| 2440 | until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the |
| 2441 | main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files |
| 2442 | (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been |
| 2443 | mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to |
| 2444 | be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this |
| 2445 | section when generating a shared object, since they do not use |
| 2446 | copy relocs. */ |
| 2447 | if (! info->shared) |
| 2448 | { |
| 2449 | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, |
| 2450 | (bed->default_use_rela_p |
| 2451 | ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"), |
| 2452 | flags | SEC_READONLY); |
| 2453 | htab->srelbss = s; |
| 2454 | if (s == NULL |
| 2455 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) |
| 2456 | return FALSE; |
| 2457 | } |
| 2458 | } |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | if (htab->vxworks_p) |
| 2461 | { |
| 2462 | if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) |
| 2463 | return FALSE; |
| 2464 | } |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | return TRUE; |
| 2467 | } |
| 2468 | \f |
| 2469 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 2470 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 2471 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 2472 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 2473 | understand. */ |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2476 | sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2477 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2478 | { |
| 2479 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2480 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2481 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2482 | asection *s; |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ |
| 2487 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL |
| 2488 | && (h->needs_plt |
| 2489 | || h->u.weakdef != NULL |
| 2490 | || (h->def_dynamic |
| 2491 | && h->ref_regular |
| 2492 | && !h->def_regular))); |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We |
| 2495 | will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, |
| 2496 | when we know the address of the .got section. */ |
| 2497 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 2498 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 2499 | { |
| 2500 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 |
| 2501 | || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 2502 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2503 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 2504 | { |
| 2505 | /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input |
| 2506 | file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic |
| 2507 | object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build |
| 2508 | a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32 |
| 2509 | reloc instead. */ |
| 2510 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2511 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2512 | } |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | return TRUE; |
| 2515 | } |
| 2516 | else |
| 2517 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 2520 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 2521 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 2522 | if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) |
| 2523 | { |
| 2524 | BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 2525 | || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 2526 | h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
| 2527 | h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
| 2528 | if (info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2529 | h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; |
| 2530 | return TRUE; |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 2534 | is not a function. */ |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| 2537 | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| 2538 | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| 2539 | be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| 2540 | if (info->shared) |
| 2541 | return TRUE; |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| 2544 | GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ |
| 2545 | if (!h->non_got_ref) |
| 2546 | return TRUE; |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
| 2549 | if (info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2550 | { |
| 2551 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2552 | return TRUE; |
| 2553 | } |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2556 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2557 | { |
| 2558 | s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2559 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0) |
| 2560 | break; |
| 2561 | } |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the |
| 2564 | copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding |
| 2565 | the copy reloc. */ |
| 2566 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2567 | { |
| 2568 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2569 | return TRUE; |
| 2570 | } |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | if (h->size == 0) |
| 2573 | { |
| 2574 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"), |
| 2575 | h->root.root.string); |
| 2576 | return TRUE; |
| 2577 | } |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| 2580 | become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| 2581 | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| 2582 | object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| 2583 | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| 2584 | offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| 2585 | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| 2586 | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| 2587 | same memory location for the variable. */ |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | s = htab->sdynbss; |
| 2590 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
| 2593 | copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the |
| 2594 | runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the |
| 2595 | .rela.bss section we are going to use. */ |
| 2596 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2597 | { |
| 2598 | asection *srel; |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | srel = htab->srelbss; |
| 2601 | BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); |
| 2602 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2603 | h->needs_copy = 1; |
| 2604 | } |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s); |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2610 | dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2613 | allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 2614 | { |
| 2615 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2616 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2617 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2618 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 2621 | return TRUE; |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2624 | /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real" |
| 2625 | entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real |
| 2626 | symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */ |
| 2627 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 2630 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2633 | if ((h->got.refcount > 0 |
| 2634 | || h->forced_local) |
| 2635 | && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) |
| 2636 | { |
| 2637 | /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs, |
| 2638 | so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */ |
| 2639 | h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount; |
| 2640 | if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount) |
| 2641 | h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount; |
| 2642 | } |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2645 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 2646 | && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 2647 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 2648 | { |
| 2649 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2650 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2651 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2652 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2653 | { |
| 2654 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2655 | return FALSE; |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | if (info->shared |
| 2659 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) |
| 2660 | { |
| 2661 | asection *s = htab->splt; |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
| 2664 | first entry. */ |
| 2665 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 2666 | s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size; |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | h->plt.offset = s->size; |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are |
| 2671 | not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this |
| 2672 | location in the .plt. This is required to make function |
| 2673 | pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and |
| 2674 | the shared library. */ |
| 2675 | if (! info->shared |
| 2676 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 2679 | h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; |
| 2680 | } |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| 2683 | s->size += htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which |
| 2686 | will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */ |
| 2687 | htab->sgotplt->size += 4; |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */ |
| 2690 | htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared) |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations |
| 2695 | for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation |
| 2696 | section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */ |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry: |
| 2699 | an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 2700 | if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size) |
| 2701 | htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent |
| 2704 | PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry, |
| 2705 | and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */ |
| 2706 | htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2; |
| 2707 | } |
| 2708 | } |
| 2709 | else |
| 2710 | { |
| 2711 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2712 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2713 | } |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | else |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2718 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2719 | } |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2722 | { |
| 2723 | asection *s; |
| 2724 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 2725 | int tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2728 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2729 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2730 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2731 | { |
| 2732 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2733 | return FALSE; |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | s = htab->sgot; |
| 2737 | h->got.offset = s->size; |
| 2738 | s->size += 4; |
| 2739 | /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */ |
| 2740 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
| 2741 | s->size += 4; |
| 2742 | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 2743 | /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic, |
| 2744 | R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */ |
| 2745 | if ((tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 2746 | || (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && dyn)) |
| 2747 | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2748 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
| 2749 | htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2750 | else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 2751 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2752 | && (info->shared |
| 2753 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) |
| 2754 | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | else |
| 2757 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 2760 | if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) |
| 2761 | { |
| 2762 | asection *s; |
| 2763 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2766 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2767 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2768 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2769 | { |
| 2770 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2771 | return FALSE; |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | s = htab->sgot; |
| 2775 | eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size; |
| 2776 | s->size += 4; |
| 2777 | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 2778 | if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)) |
| 2779 | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | else |
| 2782 | eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2783 | #endif |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
| 2786 | return TRUE; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| 2789 | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
| 2790 | defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
| 2791 | space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol |
| 2792 | visibility changes. */ |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | if (info->shared) |
| 2795 | { |
| 2796 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2797 | { |
| 2798 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2801 | { |
| 2802 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2803 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2804 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2805 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2806 | else |
| 2807 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2808 | } |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | if (htab->vxworks_p) |
| 2812 | { |
| 2813 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2816 | { |
| 2817 | if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2818 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2819 | else |
| 2820 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | } |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| 2825 | visibility. */ |
| 2826 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL |
| 2827 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2828 | { |
| 2829 | if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 2830 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic |
| 2833 | symbol in PIEs. */ |
| 2834 | else if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2835 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2836 | { |
| 2837 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2838 | return FALSE; |
| 2839 | } |
| 2840 | } |
| 2841 | } |
| 2842 | else |
| 2843 | { |
| 2844 | /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against |
| 2845 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
| 2846 | dynamic. */ |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | if (!h->non_got_ref |
| 2849 | && ((h->def_dynamic |
| 2850 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2851 | || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2852 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 2853 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
| 2854 | { |
| 2855 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2856 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2857 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2858 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2859 | { |
| 2860 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2861 | return FALSE; |
| 2862 | } |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the |
| 2865 | relocs. */ |
| 2866 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| 2867 | goto keep; |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | keep: ; |
| 2873 | } |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | /* Finally, allocate space. */ |
| 2876 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 2879 | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2880 | } |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 | return TRUE; |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2888 | readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 2889 | { |
| 2890 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2891 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2894 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2897 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2898 | { |
| 2899 | asection *s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2902 | { |
| 2903 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ |
| 2908 | return FALSE; |
| 2909 | } |
| 2910 | } |
| 2911 | return TRUE; |
| 2912 | } |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | /* This function is called after all the input files have been read, |
| 2915 | and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. |
| 2916 | It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */ |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2919 | sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2920 | { |
| 2921 | sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared); |
| 2922 | return TRUE; |
| 2923 | } |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2928 | sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 2929 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2932 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 2933 | asection *s; |
| 2934 | bfd_boolean relocs; |
| 2935 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2938 | dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; |
| 2939 | BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 2942 | { |
| 2943 | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| 2944 | if (info->executable) |
| 2945 | { |
| 2946 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 2947 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 2948 | s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 2949 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | } |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| 2954 | relocs. */ |
| 2955 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) |
| 2956 | { |
| 2957 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 2958 | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
| 2959 | char *local_tls_type; |
| 2960 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 2961 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2962 | asection *srel; |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd)) |
| 2965 | continue; |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 2968 | { |
| 2969 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 | for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *) |
| 2972 | elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 2973 | p != NULL; |
| 2974 | p = p->next) |
| 2975 | { |
| 2976 | if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| 2977 | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| 2978 | { |
| 2979 | /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| 2980 | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| 2981 | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| 2982 | the relocs too. */ |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | else if (htab->vxworks_p |
| 2985 | && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, |
| 2986 | ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2987 | { |
| 2988 | /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are |
| 2989 | handled specially by the loader. */ |
| 2990 | } |
| 2991 | else if (p->count != 0) |
| 2992 | { |
| 2993 | srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 2994 | srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 2995 | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2996 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 2997 | } |
| 2998 | } |
| 2999 | } |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 3002 | if (!local_got) |
| 3003 | continue; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 3006 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 3007 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3008 | /* Count datalabel local GOT. */ |
| 3009 | locsymcount *= 2; |
| 3010 | #endif |
| 3011 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 3012 | local_tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd); |
| 3013 | s = htab->sgot; |
| 3014 | srel = htab->srelgot; |
| 3015 | for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got) |
| 3016 | { |
| 3017 | if (*local_got > 0) |
| 3018 | { |
| 3019 | *local_got = s->size; |
| 3020 | s->size += 4; |
| 3021 | if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
| 3022 | s->size += 4; |
| 3023 | if (info->shared) |
| 3024 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 3025 | } |
| 3026 | else |
| 3027 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3028 | ++local_tls_type; |
| 3029 | } |
| 3030 | } |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
| 3033 | { |
| 3034 | /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32 |
| 3035 | relocs. */ |
| 3036 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size; |
| 3037 | htab->sgot->size += 8; |
| 3038 | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 3039 | } |
| 3040 | else |
| 3041 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1; |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
| 3044 | sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| 3045 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| 3048 | Allocate memory for them. */ |
| 3049 | relocs = FALSE; |
| 3050 | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3051 | { |
| 3052 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 3053 | continue; |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | if (s == htab->splt |
| 3056 | || s == htab->sgot |
| 3057 | || s == htab->sgotplt |
| 3058 | || s == htab->sdynbss) |
| 3059 | { |
| 3060 | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| 3061 | comment below. */ |
| 3062 | } |
| 3063 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela")) |
| 3064 | { |
| 3065 | if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2) |
| 3066 | relocs = TRUE; |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 3069 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 3070 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 3071 | } |
| 3072 | else |
| 3073 | { |
| 3074 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 3075 | continue; |
| 3076 | } |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 3079 | { |
| 3080 | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| 3081 | output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and |
| 3082 | .rela.plt. We must create both sections in |
| 3083 | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| 3084 | before the linker maps input sections to output |
| 3085 | sections. The linker does that before |
| 3086 | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| 3087 | function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| 3088 | into these sections. */ |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 3091 | continue; |
| 3092 | } |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 3095 | continue; |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
| 3098 | here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
| 3099 | section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
| 3100 | but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead |
| 3101 | of garbage. */ |
| 3102 | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
| 3103 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 3104 | return FALSE; |
| 3105 | } |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 3108 | { |
| 3109 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 3110 | values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 3111 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 3112 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 3113 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 3114 | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| 3115 | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | if (info->executable) |
| 3118 | { |
| 3119 | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 3120 | return FALSE; |
| 3121 | } |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | if (htab->splt->size != 0) |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) |
| 3126 | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| 3127 | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) |
| 3128 | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
| 3129 | return FALSE; |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | if (relocs) |
| 3133 | { |
| 3134 | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) |
| 3135 | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) |
| 3136 | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, |
| 3137 | sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) |
| 3138 | return FALSE; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
| 3141 | then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| 3142 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3143 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info); |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 3146 | { |
| 3147 | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 3148 | return FALSE; |
| 3149 | } |
| 3150 | } |
| 3151 | if (htab->vxworks_p |
| 3152 | && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) |
| 3153 | return FALSE; |
| 3154 | } |
| 3155 | #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | return TRUE; |
| 3158 | } |
| 3159 | \f |
| 3160 | /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */ |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3163 | sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 3164 | bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, |
| 3165 | bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| 3166 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| 3167 | asection **local_sections) |
| 3168 | { |
| 3169 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3170 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3171 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 3172 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; |
| 3173 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 3174 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 3175 | asection *sgot; |
| 3176 | asection *sgotplt; |
| 3177 | asection *splt; |
| 3178 | asection *sreloc; |
| 3179 | asection *srelgot; |
| 3180 | bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd)); |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 3185 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 3186 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 3187 | dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; |
| 3188 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | sgot = htab->sgot; |
| 3191 | sgotplt = htab->sgotplt; |
| 3192 | splt = htab->splt; |
| 3193 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 3194 | srelgot = NULL; |
| 3195 | /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections |
| 3196 | specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ |
| 3197 | is_vxworks_tls = (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared |
| 3198 | && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, |
| 3199 | ".tls_vars")); |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | rel = relocs; |
| 3202 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| 3203 | for (; rel < relend; rel++) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | int r_type; |
| 3206 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 3207 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 3208 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 3209 | asection *sec; |
| 3210 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3211 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 3212 | bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0; |
| 3213 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 3214 | int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; |
| 3215 | bfd_vma off; |
| 3216 | int tls_type; |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are |
| 3223 | handled entirely by the relaxation code. */ |
| 3224 | if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 3225 | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL) |
| 3226 | continue; |
| 3227 | if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE) |
| 3228 | continue; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | if (r_type < 0 |
| 3231 | || r_type >= R_SH_max |
| 3232 | || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC |
| 3233 | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC) |
| 3234 | || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 |
| 3235 | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3) |
| 3236 | || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 |
| 3237 | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4) |
| 3238 | || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 |
| 3239 | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5) |
| 3240 | || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 |
| 3241 | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)) |
| 3242 | { |
| 3243 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3244 | return FALSE; |
| 3245 | } |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type; |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from |
| 3250 | the relocation. */ |
| 3251 | if (! howto->partial_inplace) |
| 3252 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | h = NULL; |
| 3255 | sym = NULL; |
| 3256 | sec = NULL; |
| 3257 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 3258 | { |
| 3259 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 3260 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 3261 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 3262 | + sec->output_offset |
| 3263 | + sym->st_value); |
| 3264 | /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need |
| 3265 | datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change |
| 3266 | without notice. */ |
| 3267 | if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0) |
| 3268 | ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) |
| 3269 | (info, |
| 3270 | _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"), |
| 3271 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)); |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec)) |
| 3274 | /* Handled below. */ |
| 3275 | ; |
| 3276 | else if (info->relocatable) |
| 3277 | { |
| 3278 | /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change |
| 3279 | anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol, |
| 3280 | in which case we have to adjust according to where the |
| 3281 | section symbol winds up in the output section. */ |
| 3282 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| 3283 | { |
| 3284 | if (! howto->partial_inplace) |
| 3285 | { |
| 3286 | /* For relocations with the addend in the |
| 3287 | relocation, we need just to update the addend. |
| 3288 | All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this |
| 3289 | code is mostly for completeness. */ |
| 3290 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset; |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | continue; |
| 3293 | } |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the |
| 3296 | contents in the contents and add the offset resulting |
| 3297 | from the changed location of the section symbol. |
| 3298 | Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto |
| 3299 | final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because |
| 3300 | relocations marked pc_relative would get the current |
| 3301 | location subtracted, and we must only do that at the |
| 3302 | final link. */ |
| 3303 | r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, |
| 3304 | sec->output_offset |
| 3305 | + sym->st_value, |
| 3306 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3307 | goto relocation_done; |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 | continue; |
| 3311 | } |
| 3312 | else if (! howto->partial_inplace) |
| 3313 | { |
| 3314 | relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); |
| 3315 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 3316 | } |
| 3317 | else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
| 3318 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| 3319 | { |
| 3320 | asection *msec; |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff) |
| 3323 | { |
| 3324 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3325 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"), |
| 3326 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 3327 | (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name); |
| 3328 | return FALSE; |
| 3329 | } |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3332 | msec = sec; |
| 3333 | addend = |
| 3334 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend) |
| 3335 | - relocation; |
| 3336 | addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; |
| 3337 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3338 | addend = 0; |
| 3339 | } |
| 3340 | } |
| 3341 | else |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */ |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | relocation = 0; |
| 3346 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 3347 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 3348 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 3349 | { |
| 3350 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3351 | /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with |
| 3352 | STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value |
| 3353 | doesn't count. */ |
| 3354 | seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; |
| 3355 | #endif |
| 3356 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 3357 | } |
| 3358 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 3359 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 3360 | { |
| 3361 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 3364 | sec = h->root.u.def.section; |
| 3365 | /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value. |
| 3366 | We check specially because in some obscure cases |
| 3367 | sec->output_section will be NULL. */ |
| 3368 | if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC |
| 3369 | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 |
| 3370 | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 |
| 3371 | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 |
| 3372 | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 |
| 3373 | || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32 |
| 3374 | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16 |
| 3375 | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 |
| 3376 | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 |
| 3377 | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16) |
| 3378 | && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3379 | || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32 |
| 3380 | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16 |
| 3381 | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 |
| 3382 | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 |
| 3383 | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16) |
| 3384 | && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) |
| 3385 | && (! info->shared |
| 3386 | || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) |
| 3387 | || !h->def_regular)) |
| 3388 | /* The cases above are those in which relocation is |
| 3389 | overwritten in the switch block below. The cases |
| 3390 | below are those in which we must defer relocation |
| 3391 | to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute |
| 3392 | addresses when creating a shared library. */ |
| 3393 | || (info->shared |
| 3394 | && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) |
| 3395 | || !h->def_regular) |
| 3396 | && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32 |
| 3397 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 3398 | || (r_type == R_SH_REL32 |
| 3399 | && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| 3400 | && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 3401 | /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its |
| 3402 | sections against symbols defined externally |
| 3403 | in shared libraries. We can't do anything |
| 3404 | with them here. */ |
| 3405 | || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 3406 | && h->def_dynamic))) |
| 3407 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING |
| 3408 | sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and |
| 3409 | thus ld.so will not process them. */ |
| 3410 | || (sec->output_section == NULL |
| 3411 | && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 3412 | && h->def_dynamic)) |
| 3413 | || (sec->output_section == NULL |
| 3414 | && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE |
| 3415 | || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD))) |
| 3416 | ; |
| 3417 | else if (sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 3418 | relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value |
| 3419 | + sec->output_section->vma |
| 3420 | + sec->output_offset) |
| 3421 | /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the |
| 3422 | symbol value, unless we've seen |
| 3423 | STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */ |
| 3424 | | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0 |
| 3425 | && ! seen_stt_datalabel)); |
| 3426 | else if (!info->relocatable) |
| 3427 | { |
| 3428 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3429 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), |
| 3430 | input_bfd, |
| 3431 | input_section, |
| 3432 | (long) rel->r_offset, |
| 3433 | howto->name, |
| 3434 | h->root.root.string); |
| 3435 | return FALSE; |
| 3436 | } |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 3439 | ; |
| 3440 | else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE |
| 3441 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) |
| 3442 | ; |
| 3443 | else if (!info->relocatable) |
| 3444 | { |
| 3445 | if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol |
| 3446 | (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, |
| 3447 | input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 3448 | (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR |
| 3449 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)))) |
| 3450 | return FALSE; |
| 3451 | } |
| 3452 | } |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec)) |
| 3455 | { |
| 3456 | /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, |
| 3457 | or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the |
| 3458 | section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ |
| 3459 | _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3460 | rel->r_info = 0; |
| 3461 | rel->r_addend = 0; |
| 3462 | continue; |
| 3463 | } |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 3466 | continue; |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | switch ((int) r_type) |
| 3469 | { |
| 3470 | final_link_relocate: |
| 3471 | /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for |
| 3472 | R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */ |
| 3473 | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 3474 | contents, rel->r_offset, |
| 3475 | relocation, addend); |
| 3476 | break; |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 | case R_SH_IND12W: |
| 3479 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
| 3482 | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
| 3483 | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
| 3484 | /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then |
| 3485 | the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc |
| 3486 | is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not |
| 3487 | against the start of this section, then it's against an |
| 3488 | external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */ |
| 3489 | if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset |
| 3490 | != relocation) |
| 3491 | { |
| 3492 | int disp = (relocation |
| 3493 | - input_section->output_section->vma |
| 3494 | - input_section->output_offset |
| 3495 | - rel->r_offset); |
| 3496 | int mask = 0; |
| 3497 | switch (r_type) |
| 3498 | { |
| 3499 | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
| 3500 | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break; |
| 3501 | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break; |
| 3502 | default: mask = 0; break; |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | if (disp & mask) |
| 3505 | { |
| 3506 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3507 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"), |
| 3508 | input_section->owner, |
| 3509 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset)); |
| 3510 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3511 | return FALSE; |
| 3512 | } |
| 3513 | relocation -= 4; |
| 3514 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3515 | } |
| 3516 | r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 3517 | break; |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | default: |
| 3520 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3521 | if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 3522 | contents, rel, &relocation)) |
| 3523 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3524 | #endif |
| 3525 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3526 | return FALSE; |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | case R_SH_DIR16: |
| 3529 | case R_SH_DIR8: |
| 3530 | case R_SH_DIR8U: |
| 3531 | case R_SH_DIR8S: |
| 3532 | case R_SH_DIR4U: |
| 3533 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | case R_SH_DIR8UL: |
| 3536 | case R_SH_DIR4UL: |
| 3537 | if (relocation & 3) |
| 3538 | { |
| 3539 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3540 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"), |
| 3541 | input_section->owner, |
| 3542 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, |
| 3543 | (unsigned long) relocation)); |
| 3544 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3545 | return FALSE; |
| 3546 | } |
| 3547 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | case R_SH_DIR8UW: |
| 3550 | case R_SH_DIR8SW: |
| 3551 | case R_SH_DIR4UW: |
| 3552 | if (relocation & 1) |
| 3553 | { |
| 3554 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3555 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"), |
| 3556 | input_section->owner, |
| 3557 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, |
| 3558 | (unsigned long) relocation)); |
| 3559 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3560 | return FALSE; |
| 3561 | } |
| 3562 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | case R_SH_PSHA: |
| 3565 | if ((signed int)relocation < -32 |
| 3566 | || (signed int)relocation > 32) |
| 3567 | { |
| 3568 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3569 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"), |
| 3570 | input_section->owner, |
| 3571 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, |
| 3572 | (unsigned long) relocation)); |
| 3573 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3574 | return FALSE; |
| 3575 | } |
| 3576 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | case R_SH_PSHL: |
| 3579 | if ((signed int)relocation < -16 |
| 3580 | || (signed int)relocation > 16) |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3583 | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"), |
| 3584 | input_section->owner, |
| 3585 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, |
| 3586 | (unsigned long) relocation)); |
| 3587 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3588 | return FALSE; |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | case R_SH_DIR32: |
| 3593 | case R_SH_REL32: |
| 3594 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3595 | case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL: |
| 3596 | case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL: |
| 3597 | case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL: |
| 3598 | case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL: |
| 3599 | #endif |
| 3600 | if (info->shared |
| 3601 | && (h == NULL |
| 3602 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 3603 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 3604 | && r_symndx != 0 |
| 3605 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 3606 | && !is_vxworks_tls |
| 3607 | && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32 |
| 3608 | || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| 3609 | { |
| 3610 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3611 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 3612 | bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
| 3615 | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| 3616 | time. */ |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 3619 | { |
| 3620 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 3621 | (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
| 3622 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 3623 | return FALSE; |
| 3624 | } |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | skip = FALSE; |
| 3627 | relocate = FALSE; |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | outrel.r_offset = |
| 3630 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 3631 | rel->r_offset); |
| 3632 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3633 | skip = TRUE; |
| 3634 | else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 3635 | skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
| 3636 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 3637 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | if (skip) |
| 3640 | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| 3641 | else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32) |
| 3642 | { |
| 3643 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); |
| 3644 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32); |
| 3645 | outrel.r_addend |
| 3646 | = (howto->partial_inplace |
| 3647 | ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) |
| 3648 | : addend); |
| 3649 | } |
| 3650 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3651 | else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL |
| 3652 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL |
| 3653 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL |
| 3654 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL) |
| 3655 | { |
| 3656 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); |
| 3657 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 3658 | outrel.r_addend = addend; |
| 3659 | } |
| 3660 | #endif |
| 3661 | else |
| 3662 | { |
| 3663 | /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to |
| 3664 | become local. */ |
| 3665 | if (h == NULL |
| 3666 | || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 3667 | && h->def_regular)) |
| 3668 | { |
| 3669 | relocate = howto->partial_inplace; |
| 3670 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
| 3671 | } |
| 3672 | else |
| 3673 | { |
| 3674 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
| 3675 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); |
| 3676 | } |
| 3677 | outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
| 3678 | outrel.r_addend |
| 3679 | += (howto->partial_inplace |
| 3680 | ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) |
| 3681 | : addend); |
| 3682 | } |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | loc = sreloc->contents; |
| 3685 | loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 3686 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do |
| 3689 | not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we |
| 3690 | need to include the symbol value so that it becomes |
| 3691 | an addend for the dynamic reloc. */ |
| 3692 | if (! relocate) |
| 3693 | continue; |
| 3694 | } |
| 3695 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
| 3698 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3699 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
| 3700 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 3701 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
| 3702 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
| 3703 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
| 3704 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
| 3705 | #endif |
| 3706 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 3707 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | if (h == NULL |
| 3710 | || h->forced_local |
| 3711 | || ! info->shared |
| 3712 | || info->symbolic |
| 3713 | || h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3714 | || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 3715 | || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3716 | goto force_got; |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 3719 | offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); |
| 3722 | relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset |
| 3723 | + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset) |
| 3724 | + 3) * 4); |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 3727 | relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
| 3728 | #endif |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | force_got: |
| 3733 | case R_SH_GOT32: |
| 3734 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3735 | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
| 3736 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
| 3737 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
| 3738 | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
| 3739 | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
| 3740 | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
| 3741 | #endif |
| 3742 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 3743 | offset table. */ |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3748 | { |
| 3749 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 3752 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3753 | if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
| 3754 | { |
| 3755 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh; |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h; |
| 3758 | off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset; |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | #endif |
| 3761 | BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1); |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 3764 | if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) |
| 3765 | || (info->shared |
| 3766 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 3767 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) |
| 3768 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 3769 | { |
| 3770 | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
| 3771 | -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
| 3772 | locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
| 3773 | because of a version file. We must initialize |
| 3774 | this entry in the global offset table. Since the |
| 3775 | offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the |
| 3776 | least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 3777 | initialized it already. |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
| 3780 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 3781 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 3782 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3783 | off &= ~1; |
| 3784 | else |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3787 | sgot->contents + off); |
| 3788 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3789 | if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
| 3790 | { |
| 3791 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh; |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h; |
| 3794 | hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1; |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | else |
| 3797 | #endif |
| 3798 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 3799 | } |
| 3800 | } |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | else |
| 3805 | { |
| 3806 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3807 | if (rel->r_addend) |
| 3808 | { |
| 3809 | BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL |
| 3810 | && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info |
| 3811 | + r_symndx] |
| 3812 | != (bfd_vma) -1)); |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info |
| 3815 | + r_symndx]; |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | else |
| 3818 | { |
| 3819 | #endif |
| 3820 | BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL |
| 3821 | && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1); |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 3824 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3825 | } |
| 3826 | #endif |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use |
| 3829 | the least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 3830 | already generated the necessary reloc. */ |
| 3831 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3832 | off &= ~1; |
| 3833 | else |
| 3834 | { |
| 3835 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off); |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | if (info->shared) |
| 3838 | { |
| 3839 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3840 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | if (srelgot == NULL) |
| 3843 | { |
| 3844 | srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, |
| 3845 | ".rela.got"); |
| 3846 | BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); |
| 3847 | } |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 3850 | + sgot->output_offset |
| 3851 | + off); |
| 3852 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
| 3853 | outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
| 3854 | loc = srelgot->contents; |
| 3855 | loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 3856 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 3857 | } |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3860 | if (rel->r_addend) |
| 3861 | local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 3862 | else |
| 3863 | #endif |
| 3864 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 3865 | } |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; |
| 3868 | } |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 3871 | relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
| 3872 | #endif |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | case R_SH_GOTOFF: |
| 3877 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3878 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: |
| 3879 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: |
| 3880 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: |
| 3881 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: |
| 3882 | #endif |
| 3883 | /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset |
| 3884 | table. */ |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | /* Note that sgot->output_offset is not involved in this |
| 3889 | calculation. We always want the start of .got. If we |
| 3890 | defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE in a different way, as is |
| 3891 | permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this |
| 3892 | calculation. */ |
| 3893 | relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma; |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 3896 | relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
| 3897 | #endif |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | case R_SH_GOTPC: |
| 3904 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3905 | case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: |
| 3906 | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: |
| 3907 | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: |
| 3908 | case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: |
| 3909 | #endif |
| 3910 | /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */ |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); |
| 3913 | relocation = sgot->output_section->vma; |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 3916 | relocation += GOT_BIAS; |
| 3917 | #endif |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | case R_SH_PLT32: |
| 3924 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3925 | case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: |
| 3926 | case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 3927 | case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: |
| 3928 | case R_SH_PLT_HI16: |
| 3929 | #endif |
| 3930 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 3931 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly, |
| 3934 | without using the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3935 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3936 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | if (h->forced_local) |
| 3939 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3942 | { |
| 3943 | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
| 3944 | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
| 3945 | using -Bsymbolic. */ |
| 3946 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3947 | } |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 | BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL); |
| 3950 | relocation = (splt->output_section->vma |
| 3951 | + splt->output_offset |
| 3952 | + h->plt.offset); |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 3955 | relocation++; |
| 3956 | #endif |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | case R_SH_LOOP_START: |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | static bfd_vma start, end; |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | start = (relocation + rel->r_addend |
| 3967 | - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); |
| 3968 | r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
| 3969 | rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); |
| 3970 | break; |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | case R_SH_LOOP_END: |
| 3973 | end = (relocation + rel->r_addend |
| 3974 | - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); |
| 3975 | r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
| 3976 | rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); |
| 3977 | break; |
| 3978 | } |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
| 3981 | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
| 3982 | r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); |
| 3983 | tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 3984 | if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) |
| 3985 | tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 3986 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 3987 | { |
| 3988 | tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 3989 | if (! info->shared |
| 3990 | && (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3991 | || h->def_regular)) |
| 3992 | r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 3996 | r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32; |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32) |
| 3999 | { |
| 4000 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 4001 | unsigned short insn; |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) |
| 4004 | { |
| 4005 | /* GD->LE transition: |
| 4006 | mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; |
| 4007 | jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
| 4008 | 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: |
| 4009 | We change it into: |
| 4010 | mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop; |
| 4011 | nop; nop; ... |
| 4012 | 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */ |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 4015 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
| 4016 | /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */ |
| 4017 | offset -= 16; |
| 4018 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4019 | if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) |
| 4020 | { |
| 4021 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
| 4022 | offset -= 2; |
| 4023 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4024 | } |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); |
| 4027 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4028 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); |
| 4029 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4030 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); |
| 4031 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); |
| 4032 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); |
| 4033 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); |
| 4034 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); |
| 4035 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); |
| 4036 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4039 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4040 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); |
| 4041 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); |
| 4042 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | else |
| 4045 | { |
| 4046 | int index; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | /* IE->LE transition: |
| 4049 | mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM; |
| 4050 | bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2: |
| 4051 | We change it into: |
| 4052 | mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...; |
| 4053 | 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */ |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 4056 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
| 4057 | /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */ |
| 4058 | offset -= 10; |
| 4059 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4060 | if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012) |
| 4061 | { |
| 4062 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
| 4063 | offset -= 2; |
| 4064 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4065 | } |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000); |
| 4068 | index = insn & 0x00ff; |
| 4069 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4070 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012); |
| 4071 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4072 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce); |
| 4073 | insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | index; |
| 4074 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4075 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4079 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4080 | continue; |
| 4081 | } |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | sgot = htab->sgot; |
| 4084 | if (sgot == NULL) |
| 4085 | abort (); |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4088 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4089 | else |
| 4090 | { |
| 4091 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 4092 | abort (); |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 4095 | } |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */ |
| 4098 | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 |
| 4099 | && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4100 | { |
| 4101 | off &= ~1; |
| 4102 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4103 | sgot->contents + off); |
| 4104 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sgot->output_offset + off, |
| 4105 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4106 | continue; |
| 4107 | } |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4110 | off &= ~1; |
| 4111 | else |
| 4112 | { |
| 4113 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4114 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4115 | int dr_type, indx; |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | if (srelgot == NULL) |
| 4118 | { |
| 4119 | srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got"); |
| 4120 | BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); |
| 4121 | } |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4124 | + sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 4127 | indx = 0; |
| 4128 | else |
| 4129 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 : |
| 4132 | R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); |
| 4133 | if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) |
| 4134 | outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4135 | else |
| 4136 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 4137 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); |
| 4138 | loc = srelgot->contents; |
| 4139 | loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 4140 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) |
| 4143 | { |
| 4144 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4145 | { |
| 4146 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4147 | relocation - dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4148 | sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | else |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, |
| 4153 | R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32); |
| 4154 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4155 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 4156 | srelgot->reloc_count++; |
| 4157 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 4158 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4159 | } |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4163 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4164 | else |
| 4165 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 4166 | } |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4169 | abort (); |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 4172 | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; |
| 4173 | else |
| 4174 | { |
| 4175 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 4176 | unsigned short insn; |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | /* GD->IE transition: |
| 4179 | mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; |
| 4180 | jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
| 4181 | 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: |
| 4182 | We change it into: |
| 4183 | mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0; |
| 4184 | nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
| 4185 | 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */ |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 4188 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
| 4189 | /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */ |
| 4190 | offset -= 16; |
| 4191 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4192 | if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) |
| 4193 | { |
| 4194 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
| 4195 | offset -= 2; |
| 4196 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4197 | } |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */ |
| 4202 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset); |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4205 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); |
| 4206 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4207 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); |
| 4208 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); |
| 4209 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); |
| 4210 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); |
| 4211 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); |
| 4212 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); |
| 4213 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4216 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4217 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6); |
| 4218 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); |
| 4219 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sgot->output_offset + off, |
| 4222 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | continue; |
| 4225 | } |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
| 4232 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4233 | { |
| 4234 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 4235 | unsigned short insn; |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | /* LD->LE transition: |
| 4238 | mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; |
| 4239 | jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
| 4240 | 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: |
| 4241 | We change it into: |
| 4242 | stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop; |
| 4243 | nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */ |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 4246 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
| 4247 | /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */ |
| 4248 | offset -= 16; |
| 4249 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4250 | if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) |
| 4251 | { |
| 4252 | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
| 4253 | offset -= 2; |
| 4254 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4255 | } |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); |
| 4258 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4259 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); |
| 4260 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4261 | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); |
| 4262 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); |
| 4263 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); |
| 4264 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); |
| 4265 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); |
| 4266 | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); |
| 4267 | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0); |
| 4270 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2); |
| 4271 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); |
| 4272 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); |
| 4273 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); |
| 4274 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | continue; |
| 4277 | } |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | sgot = htab->sgot; |
| 4280 | if (sgot == NULL) |
| 4281 | abort (); |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset; |
| 4284 | if (off & 1) |
| 4285 | off &= ~1; |
| 4286 | else |
| 4287 | { |
| 4288 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4289 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | srelgot = htab->srelgot; |
| 4292 | if (srelgot == NULL) |
| 4293 | abort (); |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4296 | + sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4297 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 4298 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32); |
| 4299 | loc = srelgot->contents; |
| 4300 | loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 4301 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4302 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1; |
| 4303 | } |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; |
| 4306 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 4311 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4312 | relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4313 | else |
| 4314 | relocation -= dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4317 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: |
| 4320 | { |
| 4321 | int indx; |
| 4322 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4323 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4326 | { |
| 4327 | relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4328 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4329 | goto final_link_relocate; |
| 4330 | } |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4333 | { |
| 4334 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 4335 | (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
| 4336 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4337 | return FALSE; |
| 4338 | } |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 | if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 4341 | indx = 0; |
| 4342 | else |
| 4343 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4346 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 4347 | + rel->r_offset); |
| 4348 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); |
| 4349 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4350 | outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4351 | else |
| 4352 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | loc = sreloc->contents; |
| 4355 | loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 4356 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4357 | continue; |
| 4358 | } |
| 4359 | } |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | relocation_done: |
| 4362 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 4363 | { |
| 4364 | switch (r) |
| 4365 | { |
| 4366 | default: |
| 4367 | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
| 4368 | abort (); |
| 4369 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 4370 | { |
| 4371 | const char *name; |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4374 | name = NULL; |
| 4375 | else |
| 4376 | { |
| 4377 | name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section |
| 4378 | (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name)); |
| 4379 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4380 | return FALSE; |
| 4381 | if (*name == '\0') |
| 4382 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
| 4383 | } |
| 4384 | if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 4385 | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, |
| 4386 | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4387 | rel->r_offset))) |
| 4388 | return FALSE; |
| 4389 | } |
| 4390 | break; |
| 4391 | } |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | } |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | return TRUE; |
| 4396 | } |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents |
| 4399 | which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */ |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | static bfd_byte * |
| 4402 | sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 4403 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info, |
| 4404 | struct bfd_link_order *link_order, |
| 4405 | bfd_byte *data, |
| 4406 | bfd_boolean relocatable, |
| 4407 | asymbol **symbols) |
| 4408 | { |
| 4409 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4410 | asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; |
| 4411 | bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner; |
| 4412 | asection **sections = NULL; |
| 4413 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; |
| 4414 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a |
| 4417 | particular set of section contents, specially. */ |
| 4418 | if (relocatable |
| 4419 | || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL) |
| 4420 | return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, |
| 4421 | link_order, data, |
| 4422 | relocatable, |
| 4423 | symbols); |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents, |
| 4428 | (size_t) input_section->size); |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| 4431 | && input_section->reloc_count > 0) |
| 4432 | { |
| 4433 | asection **secpp; |
| 4434 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend; |
| 4435 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 4438 | (input_bfd, input_section, NULL, |
| 4439 | (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE)); |
| 4440 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 4441 | goto error_return; |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) |
| 4444 | { |
| 4445 | isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
| 4446 | if (isymbuf == NULL) |
| 4447 | isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 4448 | symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, |
| 4449 | NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 4450 | if (isymbuf == NULL) |
| 4451 | goto error_return; |
| 4452 | } |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 4455 | amt *= sizeof (asection *); |
| 4456 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 4457 | if (sections == NULL && amt != 0) |
| 4458 | goto error_return; |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 4461 | for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp) |
| 4462 | { |
| 4463 | asection *isec; |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) |
| 4466 | isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 4467 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
| 4468 | isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4469 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) |
| 4470 | isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 4471 | else |
| 4472 | isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | *secpp = isec; |
| 4475 | } |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 | if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd, |
| 4478 | input_section, data, internal_relocs, |
| 4479 | isymbuf, sections)) |
| 4480 | goto error_return; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | if (sections != NULL) |
| 4483 | free (sections); |
| 4484 | if (isymbuf != NULL |
| 4485 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
| 4486 | free (isymbuf); |
| 4487 | if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 4488 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 4489 | } |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | return data; |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | error_return: |
| 4494 | if (sections != NULL) |
| 4495 | free (sections); |
| 4496 | if (isymbuf != NULL |
| 4497 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
| 4498 | free (isymbuf); |
| 4499 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 4500 | && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 4501 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 4502 | return NULL; |
| 4503 | } |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses |
| 4506 | when resolving @dtpoff relocation. |
| 4507 | This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */ |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | static bfd_vma |
| 4510 | dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4511 | { |
| 4512 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 4513 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 4514 | return 0; |
| 4515 | return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */ |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | static bfd_vma |
| 4521 | tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 4524 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 4525 | return 0; |
| 4526 | /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead |
| 4527 | structure which has 2 pointer fields. */ |
| 4528 | return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma |
| 4529 | + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, |
| 4530 | elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power)); |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 | static asection * |
| 4534 | sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| 4535 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4536 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 4537 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 4538 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 4539 | { |
| 4540 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4541 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 4542 | { |
| 4543 | case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 4544 | case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 4545 | return NULL; |
| 4546 | } |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| 4549 | } |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4554 | sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4555 | asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 4556 | { |
| 4557 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4558 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4559 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 4560 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 4563 | return TRUE; |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL; |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 4568 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 4569 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 4572 | for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) |
| 4573 | { |
| 4574 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4575 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 4576 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 4577 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4578 | int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; |
| 4579 | #endif |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 4582 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 4583 | { |
| 4584 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 4585 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 4586 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 4589 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4590 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4591 | { |
| 4592 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4593 | seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; |
| 4594 | #endif |
| 4595 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4596 | } |
| 4597 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4598 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next) |
| 4599 | if (p->sec == sec) |
| 4600 | { |
| 4601 | /* Everything must go for SEC. */ |
| 4602 | *pp = p->next; |
| 4603 | break; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 4608 | switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL)) |
| 4609 | { |
| 4610 | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
| 4611 | if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
| 4612 | sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1; |
| 4613 | break; |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | case R_SH_GOT32: |
| 4616 | case R_SH_GOTOFF: |
| 4617 | case R_SH_GOTPC: |
| 4618 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4619 | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
| 4620 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
| 4621 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
| 4622 | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
| 4623 | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
| 4624 | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
| 4625 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: |
| 4626 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: |
| 4627 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: |
| 4628 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: |
| 4629 | case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: |
| 4630 | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: |
| 4631 | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: |
| 4632 | case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: |
| 4633 | #endif |
| 4634 | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
| 4635 | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4636 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4637 | { |
| 4638 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4639 | if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
| 4640 | { |
| 4641 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 4642 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4643 | if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) |
| 4644 | eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1; |
| 4645 | } |
| 4646 | else |
| 4647 | #endif |
| 4648 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 4649 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) |
| 4652 | { |
| 4653 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4654 | if (rel->r_addend & 1) |
| 4655 | { |
| 4656 | if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0) |
| 4657 | local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 4658 | } |
| 4659 | else |
| 4660 | #endif |
| 4661 | if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 4662 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 4663 | } |
| 4664 | break; |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | case R_SH_DIR32: |
| 4667 | case R_SH_REL32: |
| 4668 | if (info->shared) |
| 4669 | break; |
| 4670 | /* Fall thru */ |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | case R_SH_PLT32: |
| 4673 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4674 | case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: |
| 4675 | case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 4676 | case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: |
| 4677 | case R_SH_PLT_HI16: |
| 4678 | #endif |
| 4679 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4680 | { |
| 4681 | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 4682 | h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 4683 | } |
| 4684 | break; |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
| 4687 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4688 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
| 4689 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 4690 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
| 4691 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
| 4692 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
| 4693 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
| 4694 | #endif |
| 4695 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4696 | { |
| 4697 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 4698 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4699 | if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) |
| 4700 | { |
| 4701 | eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1; |
| 4702 | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 4703 | h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 4704 | } |
| 4705 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4706 | else if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
| 4707 | { |
| 4708 | if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) |
| 4709 | eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1; |
| 4710 | } |
| 4711 | #endif |
| 4712 | else if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 4713 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 4714 | } |
| 4715 | else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) |
| 4716 | { |
| 4717 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4718 | if (rel->r_addend & 1) |
| 4719 | { |
| 4720 | if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0) |
| 4721 | local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | else |
| 4724 | #endif |
| 4725 | if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 4726 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 4727 | } |
| 4728 | break; |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | default: |
| 4731 | break; |
| 4732 | } |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | return TRUE; |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | static void |
| 4741 | sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4742 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| 4743 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| 4744 | { |
| 4745 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
| 4748 | eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 4751 | { |
| 4752 | if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 4753 | { |
| 4754 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 4755 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
| 4758 | list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
| 4759 | for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 4760 | { |
| 4761 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
| 4764 | if (q->sec == p->sec) |
| 4765 | { |
| 4766 | q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 4767 | q->count += p->count; |
| 4768 | *pp = p->next; |
| 4769 | break; |
| 4770 | } |
| 4771 | if (q == NULL) |
| 4772 | pp = &p->next; |
| 4773 | } |
| 4774 | *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; |
| 4775 | } |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; |
| 4778 | eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount; |
| 4781 | eind->gotplt_refcount = 0; |
| 4782 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4783 | edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount; |
| 4784 | eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0; |
| 4785 | #endif |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4788 | && dir->got.refcount <= 0) |
| 4789 | { |
| 4790 | edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type; |
| 4791 | eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4795 | && dir->dynamic_adjusted) |
| 4796 | { |
| 4797 | /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing |
| 4798 | of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. |
| 4799 | We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */ |
| 4800 | dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
| 4801 | dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
| 4802 | dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
| 4803 | dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
| 4804 | } |
| 4805 | else |
| 4806 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | static int |
| 4810 | sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type, |
| 4811 | int is_local) |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | if (info->shared) |
| 4814 | return r_type; |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | switch (r_type) |
| 4817 | { |
| 4818 | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
| 4819 | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4820 | if (is_local) |
| 4821 | return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
| 4822 | return R_SH_TLS_IE_32; |
| 4823 | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
| 4824 | return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
| 4825 | } |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | return r_type; |
| 4828 | } |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase. |
| 4831 | Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the |
| 4832 | virtual table relocs for gc. */ |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4835 | sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, |
| 4836 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 4837 | { |
| 4838 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4839 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4840 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4841 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 4842 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 4843 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 4844 | asection *sgot; |
| 4845 | asection *srelgot; |
| 4846 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4847 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 4848 | int tls_type, old_tls_type; |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 | sgot = NULL; |
| 4851 | srelgot = NULL; |
| 4852 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 | if (info->relocatable) |
| 4855 | return TRUE; |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd)); |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 4860 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4863 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 4866 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 4867 | { |
| 4868 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4869 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4870 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4871 | int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; |
| 4872 | #endif |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 4875 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 4878 | h = NULL; |
| 4879 | else |
| 4880 | { |
| 4881 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 4882 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4883 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4886 | seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; |
| 4887 | #endif |
| 4888 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4889 | } |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); |
| 4893 | if (! info->shared |
| 4894 | && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 |
| 4895 | && h != NULL |
| 4896 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 4897 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4898 | && (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4899 | || h->def_regular)) |
| 4900 | r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */ |
| 4903 | if (htab->sgot == NULL) |
| 4904 | { |
| 4905 | switch (r_type) |
| 4906 | { |
| 4907 | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
| 4908 | case R_SH_GOT32: |
| 4909 | case R_SH_GOTOFF: |
| 4910 | case R_SH_GOTPC: |
| 4911 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4912 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
| 4913 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 4914 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
| 4915 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
| 4916 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
| 4917 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
| 4918 | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
| 4919 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
| 4920 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
| 4921 | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
| 4922 | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
| 4923 | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
| 4924 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: |
| 4925 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: |
| 4926 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: |
| 4927 | case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: |
| 4928 | case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: |
| 4929 | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: |
| 4930 | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: |
| 4931 | case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: |
| 4932 | #endif |
| 4933 | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
| 4934 | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
| 4935 | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4936 | if (htab->sgot == NULL) |
| 4937 | { |
| 4938 | if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) |
| 4939 | htab->root.dynobj = abfd; |
| 4940 | if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info)) |
| 4941 | return FALSE; |
| 4942 | } |
| 4943 | break; |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | default: |
| 4946 | break; |
| 4947 | } |
| 4948 | } |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | switch (r_type) |
| 4951 | { |
| 4952 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 4953 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 4954 | case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 4955 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 4956 | return FALSE; |
| 4957 | break; |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 4960 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 4961 | case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 4962 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 4963 | if (h != NULL |
| 4964 | && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) |
| 4965 | return FALSE; |
| 4966 | break; |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4969 | if (info->shared) |
| 4970 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 4973 | force_got: |
| 4974 | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
| 4975 | case R_SH_GOT32: |
| 4976 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 4977 | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
| 4978 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
| 4979 | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
| 4980 | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
| 4981 | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
| 4982 | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
| 4983 | #endif |
| 4984 | switch (r_type) |
| 4985 | { |
| 4986 | default: |
| 4987 | tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; |
| 4988 | break; |
| 4989 | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
| 4990 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; |
| 4991 | break; |
| 4992 | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4993 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
| 4994 | break; |
| 4995 | } |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4998 | { |
| 4999 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5000 | if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh |
| 5003 | = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1; |
| 5006 | } |
| 5007 | else |
| 5008 | #endif |
| 5009 | h->got.refcount += 1; |
| 5010 | old_tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | else |
| 5013 | { |
| 5014 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local |
| 5017 | symbol. */ |
| 5018 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 5019 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 5020 | { |
| 5021 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 5024 | size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma); |
| 5025 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5026 | /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and |
| 5027 | codelabel local GOT offsets. */ |
| 5028 | size *= 2; |
| 5029 | #endif |
| 5030 | size += symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 5031 | local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) |
| 5032 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)); |
| 5033 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 5034 | return FALSE; |
| 5035 | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
| 5036 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5037 | /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local |
| 5038 | GOT offsets. */ |
| 5039 | sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) |
| 5040 | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 5041 | #else |
| 5042 | sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) |
| 5043 | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 5044 | #endif |
| 5045 | } |
| 5046 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5047 | if (rel->r_addend & 1) |
| 5048 | local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1; |
| 5049 | else |
| 5050 | #endif |
| 5051 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
| 5052 | old_tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 5053 | } |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, |
| 5056 | there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */ |
| 5057 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN |
| 5058 | && (old_tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 5059 | { |
| 5060 | if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
| 5061 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
| 5062 | else |
| 5063 | { |
| 5064 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5065 | (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"), |
| 5066 | abfd, h->root.root.string); |
| 5067 | return FALSE; |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | } |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type) |
| 5072 | { |
| 5073 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5074 | sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type; |
| 5075 | else |
| 5076 | sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type; |
| 5077 | } |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | break; |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
| 5082 | sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1; |
| 5083 | break; |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
| 5086 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5087 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
| 5088 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 5089 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
| 5090 | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
| 5091 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
| 5092 | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
| 5093 | #endif |
| 5094 | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
| 5095 | creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | if (h == NULL |
| 5098 | || h->forced_local |
| 5099 | || ! info->shared |
| 5100 | || info->symbolic |
| 5101 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 5102 | goto force_got; |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 5105 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 5106 | ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1; |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | break; |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | case R_SH_PLT32: |
| 5111 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5112 | case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: |
| 5113 | case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: |
| 5114 | case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: |
| 5115 | case R_SH_PLT_HI16: |
| 5116 | #endif |
| 5117 | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We |
| 5118 | actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
| 5119 | because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is |
| 5120 | never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we |
| 5121 | don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry |
| 5122 | after all. */ |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
| 5125 | creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 5126 | if (h == NULL) |
| 5127 | continue; |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 | if (h->forced_local) |
| 5130 | break; |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 5133 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 5134 | break; |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | case R_SH_DIR32: |
| 5137 | case R_SH_REL32: |
| 5138 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5139 | case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL: |
| 5140 | case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL: |
| 5141 | case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL: |
| 5142 | case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL: |
| 5143 | #endif |
| 5144 | if (h != NULL && ! info->shared) |
| 5145 | { |
| 5146 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 5147 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 5148 | } |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| 5151 | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| 5152 | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| 5153 | into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| 5154 | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| 5155 | global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| 5156 | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| 5157 | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| 5158 | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| 5159 | later (it is never cleared). We account for that |
| 5160 | possibility below by storing information in the |
| 5161 | dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar |
| 5162 | situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol |
| 5163 | visibility changes render the symbol local. |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| 5166 | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| 5167 | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| 5168 | symbol. */ |
| 5169 | if ((info->shared |
| 5170 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 5171 | && (r_type != R_SH_REL32 |
| 5172 | || (h != NULL |
| 5173 | && (! info->symbolic |
| 5174 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 5175 | || !h->def_regular)))) |
| 5176 | || (! info->shared |
| 5177 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 5178 | && h != NULL |
| 5179 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 5180 | || !h->def_regular))) |
| 5181 | { |
| 5182 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 5183 | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) |
| 5186 | htab->root.dynobj = abfd; |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these |
| 5189 | reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc |
| 5190 | section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */ |
| 5191 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 5194 | (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 5197 | return FALSE; |
| 5198 | } |
| 5199 | |
| 5200 | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| 5201 | relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| 5202 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5203 | head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs; |
| 5204 | else |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */ |
| 5207 | asection *s; |
| 5208 | void *vpp; |
| 5209 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 5212 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 5213 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 5214 | return FALSE; |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 5217 | if (s == NULL) |
| 5218 | s = sec; |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
| 5221 | head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp; |
| 5222 | } |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | p = *head; |
| 5225 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| 5226 | { |
| 5227 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p); |
| 5228 | p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt); |
| 5229 | if (p == NULL) |
| 5230 | return FALSE; |
| 5231 | p->next = *head; |
| 5232 | *head = p; |
| 5233 | p->sec = sec; |
| 5234 | p->count = 0; |
| 5235 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 5236 | } |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 | p->count += 1; |
| 5239 | if (r_type == R_SH_REL32 |
| 5240 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5241 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL |
| 5242 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL |
| 5243 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL |
| 5244 | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL |
| 5245 | #endif |
| 5246 | ) |
| 5247 | p->pc_count += 1; |
| 5248 | } |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | break; |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: |
| 5253 | if (info->shared) |
| 5254 | { |
| 5255 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5256 | (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"), |
| 5257 | abfd); |
| 5258 | return FALSE; |
| 5259 | } |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 | break; |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 5264 | /* Nothing to do. */ |
| 5265 | break; |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | default: |
| 5268 | break; |
| 5269 | } |
| 5270 | } |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | return TRUE; |
| 5273 | } |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags |
| 5276 | static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE }; |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5279 | sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd) |
| 5280 | { |
| 5281 | flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK; |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table)) |
| 5284 | return FALSE; |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0) |
| 5287 | return FALSE; |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]); |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | return TRUE; |
| 5292 | } |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[]. |
| 5296 | Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c |
| 5297 | return the equivalent ELF flags from the table. |
| 5298 | Return -1 if no match is found. */ |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | int |
| 5301 | sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach) |
| 5302 | { |
| 5303 | int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1; |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | for (; i>0; i--) |
| 5306 | if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach) |
| 5307 | return i; |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | /* shouldn't get here */ |
| 5310 | BFD_FAIL(); |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | return -1; |
| 5313 | } |
| 5314 | #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */ |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags |
| 5317 | /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */ |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5320 | sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) |
| 5321 | { |
| 5322 | BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd) |
| 5323 | || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; |
| 5326 | elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; |
| 5327 | return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd); |
| 5328 | } |
| 5329 | #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */ |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data |
| 5332 | /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */ |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5335 | sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd) |
| 5336 | { |
| 5337 | /* Copy object attributes. */ |
| 5338 | _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) |
| 5341 | return TRUE; |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags); |
| 5344 | } |
| 5345 | #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */ |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that |
| 5350 | corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */ |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | int |
| 5353 | sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set) |
| 5354 | { |
| 5355 | extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int); |
| 5356 | unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set); |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach); |
| 5359 | } |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and |
| 5362 | calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */ |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5365 | sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 5366 | { |
| 5367 | extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *); |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) |
| 5370 | return TRUE; |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) |
| 5373 | { |
| 5374 | /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */ |
| 5375 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
| 5376 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = EF_SH1; |
| 5377 | sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd); |
| 5378 | } |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd)) |
| 5381 | { |
| 5382 | _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible " |
| 5383 | "with instructions used in previous modules", |
| 5384 | ibfd); |
| 5385 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 5386 | return FALSE; |
| 5387 | } |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = |
| 5390 | sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd)); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | return TRUE; |
| 5393 | } |
| 5394 | #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */ |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata |
| 5397 | as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags |
| 5398 | here. */ |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5401 | sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 5402 | { |
| 5403 | return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd); |
| 5404 | } |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 5407 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5410 | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5411 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 5412 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 5413 | { |
| 5414 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5419 | { |
| 5420 | asection *splt; |
| 5421 | asection *sgot; |
| 5422 | asection *srel; |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 5425 | bfd_vma got_offset; |
| 5426 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5427 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set |
| 5430 | it up. */ |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | splt = htab->splt; |
| 5435 | sgot = htab->sgotplt; |
| 5436 | srel = htab->srelplt; |
| 5437 | BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srel != NULL); |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which |
| 5440 | corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol |
| 5441 | in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The |
| 5442 | first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */ |
| 5443 | plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset); |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that |
| 5446 | corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes. |
| 5447 | The first three are reserved. */ |
| 5448 | got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4; |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 5451 | if (info->shared) |
| 5452 | got_offset -= GOT_BIAS; |
| 5453 | #endif |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5456 | memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, |
| 5457 | htab->plt_info->symbol_entry, |
| 5458 | htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size); |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | if (info->shared) |
| 5461 | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset, |
| 5462 | (splt->contents |
| 5463 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5464 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); |
| 5465 | else |
| 5466 | { |
| 5467 | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, |
| 5468 | (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5469 | + sgot->output_offset |
| 5470 | + got_offset), |
| 5471 | (splt->contents |
| 5472 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5473 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); |
| 5474 | if (htab->vxworks_p) |
| 5475 | { |
| 5476 | unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k; |
| 5477 | int distance; |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains |
| 5480 | REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain |
| 5481 | PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can |
| 5482 | branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch |
| 5483 | to the last element of the previous group. */ |
| 5484 | /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of |
| 5485 | the common resolver stub. */ |
| 5486 | reachable_plts = ((4096 |
| 5487 | - htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size |
| 5488 | - (htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4)) |
| 5489 | / htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1; |
| 5490 | plts_per_4k = (4096 / htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size); |
| 5491 | if (plt_index < reachable_plts) |
| 5492 | distance = -(h->plt.offset |
| 5493 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt); |
| 5494 | else |
| 5495 | distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1) |
| 5496 | * htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size); |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */ |
| 5499 | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, |
| 5500 | 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)), |
| 5501 | (splt->contents |
| 5502 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5503 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); |
| 5504 | } |
| 5505 | else |
| 5506 | install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE, |
| 5507 | splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset, |
| 5508 | (splt->contents |
| 5509 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5510 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); |
| 5511 | } |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 5514 | if (info->shared) |
| 5515 | got_offset += GOT_BIAS; |
| 5516 | #endif |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, |
| 5519 | plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela), |
| 5520 | (splt->contents |
| 5521 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5522 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset)); |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */ |
| 5525 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5526 | (splt->output_section->vma |
| 5527 | + splt->output_offset |
| 5528 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5529 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset), |
| 5530 | sgot->contents + got_offset); |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ |
| 5533 | rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5534 | + sgot->output_offset |
| 5535 | + got_offset); |
| 5536 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT); |
| 5537 | rel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5538 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS |
| 5539 | rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS; |
| 5540 | #endif |
| 5541 | loc = srel->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5542 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 | if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared) |
| 5545 | { |
| 5546 | /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry. |
| 5547 | Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */ |
| 5548 | loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents |
| 5549 | + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation |
| 5552 | for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */ |
| 5553 | rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma |
| 5554 | + htab->splt->output_offset |
| 5555 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5556 | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry); |
| 5557 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); |
| 5558 | rel.r_addend = got_offset; |
| 5559 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5560 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for |
| 5563 | the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */ |
| 5564 | rel.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5565 | + htab->sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5566 | + got_offset); |
| 5567 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32); |
| 5568 | rel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5569 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5570 | } |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 5573 | { |
| 5574 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in |
| 5575 | the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */ |
| 5576 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5577 | } |
| 5578 | } |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5581 | && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD |
| 5582 | && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 5583 | { |
| 5584 | asection *sgot; |
| 5585 | asection *srel; |
| 5586 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5587 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it |
| 5590 | up. */ |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | sgot = htab->sgot; |
| 5593 | srel = htab->srelgot; |
| 5594 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL); |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5597 | + sgot->output_offset |
| 5598 | + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
| 5601 | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
| 5602 | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
| 5603 | The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
| 5604 | initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
| 5605 | if (info->shared |
| 5606 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5607 | { |
| 5608 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
| 5609 | rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5610 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5611 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5612 | } |
| 5613 | else |
| 5614 | { |
| 5615 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5616 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); |
| 5617 | rel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5618 | } |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | loc = srel->contents; |
| 5621 | loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5622 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5623 | } |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5626 | { |
| 5627 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 5630 | if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5631 | { |
| 5632 | asection *sgot; |
| 5633 | asection *srel; |
| 5634 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5635 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table. |
| 5638 | Set it up. */ |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | sgot = htab->sgot; |
| 5641 | srel = htab->srelgot; |
| 5642 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL); |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5645 | + sgot->output_offset |
| 5646 | + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
| 5649 | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
| 5650 | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
| 5651 | The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
| 5652 | initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
| 5653 | if (info->shared |
| 5654 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5655 | { |
| 5656 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
| 5657 | rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5658 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5659 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5660 | } |
| 5661 | else |
| 5662 | { |
| 5663 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents |
| 5664 | + eh->datalabel_got.offset); |
| 5665 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); |
| 5666 | rel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5667 | } |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | loc = srel->contents; |
| 5670 | loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5671 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5672 | } |
| 5673 | } |
| 5674 | #endif |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 | if (h->needs_copy) |
| 5677 | { |
| 5678 | asection *s; |
| 5679 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5680 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 |
| 5685 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5686 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)); |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner, |
| 5689 | ".rela.bss"); |
| 5690 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5693 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5694 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5695 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY); |
| 5696 | rel.r_addend = 0; |
| 5697 | loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5698 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5699 | } |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks, |
| 5702 | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the |
| 5703 | ".got" section. */ |
| 5704 | if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 |
| 5705 | || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot)) |
| 5706 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | return TRUE; |
| 5709 | } |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5714 | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 5715 | { |
| 5716 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5717 | asection *sgot; |
| 5718 | asection *sdyn; |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5721 | sgot = htab->sgotplt; |
| 5722 | sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5725 | { |
| 5726 | asection *splt; |
| 5727 | Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && sdyn != NULL); |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| 5732 | dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
| 5733 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 5734 | { |
| 5735 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 5736 | asection *s; |
| 5737 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5738 | const char *name; |
| 5739 | #endif |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | default: |
| 5746 | if (htab->vxworks_p |
| 5747 | && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) |
| 5748 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5749 | break; |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
| 5752 | case DT_INIT: |
| 5753 | name = info->init_function; |
| 5754 | goto get_sym; |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | case DT_FINI: |
| 5757 | name = info->fini_function; |
| 5758 | get_sym: |
| 5759 | if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0) |
| 5760 | { |
| 5761 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name, |
| 5764 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 5765 | if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32)) |
| 5766 | { |
| 5767 | dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1; |
| 5768 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | } |
| 5771 | break; |
| 5772 | #endif |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 5775 | s = htab->sgot->output_section; |
| 5776 | goto get_vma; |
| 5777 | |
| 5778 | case DT_JMPREL: |
| 5779 | s = htab->srelplt->output_section; |
| 5780 | get_vma: |
| 5781 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5782 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; |
| 5783 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5784 | break; |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| 5787 | s = htab->srelplt->output_section; |
| 5788 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5789 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
| 5790 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5791 | break; |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | case DT_RELASZ: |
| 5794 | /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the |
| 5795 | procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be |
| 5796 | included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is |
| 5797 | what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle |
| 5798 | that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry |
| 5799 | here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since |
| 5800 | the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all |
| 5801 | other relocation sections, we don't have to worry |
| 5802 | about changing the DT_RELA entry. */ |
| 5803 | if (htab->srelplt != NULL) |
| 5804 | { |
| 5805 | s = htab->srelplt->output_section; |
| 5806 | dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size; |
| 5807 | } |
| 5808 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5809 | break; |
| 5810 | } |
| 5811 | } |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 | /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5814 | splt = htab->splt; |
| 5815 | if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry) |
| 5816 | { |
| 5817 | unsigned int i; |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | memcpy (splt->contents, |
| 5820 | htab->plt_info->plt0_entry, |
| 5821 | htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5822 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++) |
| 5823 | if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE) |
| 5824 | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, |
| 5825 | (sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5826 | + sgot->output_offset |
| 5827 | + (i * 4)), |
| 5828 | (splt->contents |
| 5829 | + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i])); |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | if (htab->vxworks_p) |
| 5832 | { |
| 5833 | /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */ |
| 5834 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5835 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the |
| 5838 | first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
| 5839 | loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; |
| 5840 | rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma |
| 5841 | + splt->output_offset |
| 5842 | + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]); |
| 5843 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); |
| 5844 | rel.r_addend = 8; |
| 5845 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5846 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 | /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. |
| 5849 | They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or |
| 5850 | _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were |
| 5851 | output. */ |
| 5852 | while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) |
| 5853 | { |
| 5854 | /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */ |
| 5855 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
| 5856 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, |
| 5857 | R_SH_DIR32); |
| 5858 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5859 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */ |
| 5862 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
| 5863 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, |
| 5864 | R_SH_DIR32); |
| 5865 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5866 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5867 | } |
| 5868 | } |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't |
| 5871 | really seem like the right value. */ |
| 5872 | elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5873 | } |
| 5874 | } |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */ |
| 5877 | if (sgot && sgot->size > 0) |
| 5878 | { |
| 5879 | if (sdyn == NULL) |
| 5880 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); |
| 5881 | else |
| 5882 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5883 | sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset, |
| 5884 | sgot->contents); |
| 5885 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4); |
| 5886 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8); |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 | elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | return TRUE; |
| 5892 | } |
| 5893 | |
| 5894 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 5895 | sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| 5896 | { |
| 5897 | switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
| 5898 | { |
| 5899 | case R_SH_RELATIVE: |
| 5900 | return reloc_class_relative; |
| 5901 | case R_SH_JMP_SLOT: |
| 5902 | return reloc_class_plt; |
| 5903 | case R_SH_COPY: |
| 5904 | return reloc_class_copy; |
| 5905 | default: |
| 5906 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 5907 | } |
| 5908 | } |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
| 5911 | /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5914 | elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 5915 | { |
| 5916 | int offset; |
| 5917 | unsigned int size; |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 5920 | { |
| 5921 | default: |
| 5922 | return FALSE; |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | case 168: /* Linux/SH */ |
| 5925 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 5926 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 5929 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 5932 | offset = 72; |
| 5933 | size = 92; |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | break; |
| 5936 | } |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 5939 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 5940 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 5941 | } |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5944 | elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 5945 | { |
| 5946 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 5947 | { |
| 5948 | default: |
| 5949 | return FALSE; |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */ |
| 5952 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| 5953 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); |
| 5954 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| 5955 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); |
| 5956 | } |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 5959 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 5960 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | { |
| 5963 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; |
| 5964 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 5967 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 5968 | } |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | return TRUE; |
| 5971 | } |
| 5972 | #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 | |
| 5975 | /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL |
| 5976 | or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | static bfd_vma |
| 5979 | sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, |
| 5980 | const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5981 | { |
| 5982 | const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0); |
| 5985 | return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i); |
| 5986 | } |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
| 5989 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec |
| 5990 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh" |
| 5991 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec |
| 5992 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl" |
| 5993 | #endif |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh |
| 5996 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH |
| 5997 | #ifdef __QNXTARGET__ |
| 5998 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 5999 | #else |
| 6000 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80 |
| 6001 | #endif |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_' |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup |
| 6006 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \ |
| 6007 | sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup |
| 6008 | #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto |
| 6009 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section |
| 6010 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section |
| 6011 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \ |
| 6012 | sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents |
| 6013 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject |
| 6014 | #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p |
| 6015 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \ |
| 6016 | sh_elf_set_private_flags |
| 6017 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \ |
| 6018 | sh_elf_copy_private_data |
| 6019 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \ |
| 6020 | sh_elf_merge_private_data |
| 6021 | |
| 6022 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook |
| 6023 | #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook |
| 6024 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs |
| 6025 | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \ |
| 6026 | sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol |
| 6027 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ |
| 6028 | sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections |
| 6029 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ |
| 6030 | sh_elf_link_hash_table_create |
| 6031 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ |
| 6032 | sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 6033 | #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \ |
| 6034 | sh_elf_always_size_sections |
| 6035 | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \ |
| 6036 | sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections |
| 6037 | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \ |
| 6038 | ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true) |
| 6039 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \ |
| 6040 | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 6041 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ |
| 6042 | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections |
| 6043 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class |
| 6044 | #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| 6047 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| 6048 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
| 6049 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
| 6050 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6051 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | /* NetBSD support. */ |
| 6058 | #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
| 6059 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec |
| 6060 | #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
| 6061 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd" |
| 6062 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6063 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec |
| 6064 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6065 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd" |
| 6066 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6067 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 6068 | #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
| 6069 | #undef elf_symbol_leading_char |
| 6070 | #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0 |
| 6071 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6072 | #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | |
| 6077 | /* Linux support. */ |
| 6078 | #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
| 6079 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec |
| 6080 | #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
| 6081 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux" |
| 6082 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6083 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec |
| 6084 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6085 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux" |
| 6086 | #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
| 6087 | #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus |
| 6090 | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus |
| 6091 | #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo |
| 6092 | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo |
| 6093 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6094 | #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
| 6099 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec |
| 6100 | #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
| 6101 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks" |
| 6102 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6103 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec |
| 6104 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6105 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks" |
| 6106 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6107 | #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6110 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 6111 | #undef elf_symbol_leading_char |
| 6112 | #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_' |
| 6113 | #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1 |
| 6114 | #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus |
| 6115 | #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo |
| 6116 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 6117 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook |
| 6118 | #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 6119 | #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ |
| 6120 | elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 6121 | #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs |
| 6122 | #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs |
| 6123 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6124 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ |
| 6125 | elf_vxworks_final_write_processing |
| 6126 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6127 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6128 | #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ |